Converted from en_tn_51-PHP.tsv to tn_PHP.tsv

Signed-off-by: unfoldingWord <info@unfoldingword.org>
2022-12-16 21:28:56 +00:00 · 2022-12-16 21:28:56 +00:00 · fc78463262
parent b0cb8d063c
commit fc78463262
2 changed files with 452 additions and 452 deletions
--- a/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
@ -1,452 +0,0 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
 PHP	front	intro	pv9j			0		# Introduction to Philippians<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Philippians<br><br>1. Greeting, thanksgiving and prayer (1:1–11)<br>2. Paul’s report on his ministry (1:12–26)<br>3. Instructions<br>    * To be steadfast (1:27–30)<br>    * To be united (2:1–2)<br>    * To be humble (2:3–11)<br>    * To work out our salvation with God working in you (2:12–13)<br>    * To be innocent, and shining as light (2:14–18)<br>4. Timothy and Epaphroditus (2:19–30)<br>5. Warning about false teachers (3:1–4:1)<br>6. Personal instruction (4:2–5)<br>7. Rejoice and do not be anxious (4:4–6)<br>8. Final remarks<br>    * Values (4:8–9)<br>    * Contentment (4:10–20)<br>    * Final Greetings (4:21–23)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Philippians?<br><br>Paul wrote Philippians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome.<br><br>### What is the book of Philippians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in Philippi, a city in Macedonia. He wrote it to thank the Philippians for the gift they had sent him. He wanted to tell them how he was doing in prison and to encourage them to rejoice, even if they were suffering. He also wrote to them about a man named Epaphroditus, the one who brought the gift to Paul. While visiting Paul, Epaphroditus became ill, so Paul decided to send him back to Philippi. Paul encouraged the believers in Philippi to welcome him and to be kind to Epaphroditus when he returned.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philippians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Philippi,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Philippi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the city of Philippi like?<br><br>Philip, the father of Alexander the Great, founded Philippi in the region of Macedonia. This meant that the citizens of Philippi were also considered citizens of Rome. The people of Philippi were proud of being citizens of Rome. But Paul tells the believers that it is much more important that they are citizens of heaven (3:20).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The words “you” and “your” always refer to the believers in Philippi, except for one time in 4:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### Who were the “enemies of the cross of Christ” (3:18) in this letter?<br><br>The “enemies of the cross of Christ” were probably people who called themselves believers, but they did not obey God’s commands. They thought that freedom in Christ meant that believers could do whatever they desired, and God would not punish them (3:19).<br><br>### Why were the words “joy” and “rejoice” frequently used in this letter?<br><br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter (1:7). Even though he suffered, Paul said many times that he was joyful because God had been kind to him through Jesus Christ. He wanted to encourage his readers to have the same trust in Jesus Christ.<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expressions “in Christ,” or “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>These kinds of expressions occur in 1:1, 8, 13, 14, 26, 27; 2:1, 5, 19, 24, 29; 3:1, 3, 9, 14; 4:1, 2, 4, 7, 10, 13, 19, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Philippians?<br><br>Some versions have “Amen” at the end of the final verse in the letter (4:23). The ULT, UST, and some modern versions include it, but many other versions do not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 PHP	1	intro	kd3g			0		# Philippians 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Paul follows the normal practice of the time by beginning the letter with a statement of the names of the senders and the recipients. In that culture, the sender would then offer a good wish for the recipients. Paul does this in the form of a Christian blessing.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The day of Christ<br><br>This refers to the day when Christ returns. Paul often connected the return of Christ with motivating godly living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This statement in verse 21 is a paradox: “to die is gain.” In verse 23 Paul explains why this is true. ([Philippians 1:21](../../php/01/21.md))
 PHP	1	1	bzfs		ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Paul and Timothy	Alternate translation: “in union with Christ Jesus”
 PHP	1	2	uuep	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη	1	Grace to you and peace	This is a greeting and blessing that Paul often uses in the beginning of his letters. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “may you experience kindness, mercy, and peace within you” or “I pray that you will have grace, mercy, and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 PHP	1	2	pyji	figs-yousingular	ὑμῖν	1		Here, **you** refers to the Philippian Christians and is plural in form in the original language in which Paul wrote. Throughout this letter, with one exception, the words “you” and “your” are plural and refer to the Philippian Christians. If your language uses different forms to show when “you” and “your” refer to one person and when they refer to more than one person, use the plural form that would be appropriate in your language in this occurrence and all other occurrences of “you” and “your” in this letter, except for in [4:3](../04/03.md). A note will discuss the one exception in [4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	1	2	yh4s	figs-exclusive	Πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1		If your language has different forms for including or excluding the hearers, use the inclusive form for **our** here and throughout the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 PHP	1	3	ntp5		ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν	1	in all my remembrance of you	Here, **in all my remembrance of you** could refer to: (1) each time that Paul thought about the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: “each time that I think about you” (2) each time that Paul prayed for the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: “every time that I pray for you”
 PHP	1	3	gjyv	figs-possession	τῷ Θεῷ μου	1		Use of the words **my God** does not mean that God belongs to Paul, but that Paul belongs to God. That is, God is the one whom Paul worships exclusively. Alternate translation: “the one who is God to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 PHP	1	3	w8dz	figs-yousingular	ὑμῶν	1		See how you translated the word **you** in [1:2](../01/02.md). In this letter, every use of the words **you** and **your** is plural and refers to the Philippian believers, except for one use in [4:3](../04/03.md), which has a note to discuss it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	1	5	bca2		ἐπὶ τῇ κοινωνίᾳ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἡμέρας ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν	1		Here, **because** could refer to: (1) the reason that Paul gives thanks to God. Alternate translation: “I give thanks to God because of your partnership in the gospel from the first day until now” (2) the reason for Paul’s joy.
 PHP	1	5	fdqe	figs-yousingular	ὑμῶν	1		Here, the word **your** is plural and refers to the Philippian Christians. In this letter, with one exception, the words “you” and “your” are always plural and always refer to the Philippian Christians. If your language uses different forms to show when “you” and “your” refer to one person and when they refer to more than one person, use the plural form that would be appropriate in your language in this occurrence and all other occurrences of “you” and “your” in this letter, except for in [4:3](../04/03.md). A note will discuss the one exception in [4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	1	5	yi9l	figs-explicit	τῇ κοινωνίᾳ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	because of your fellowship in the gospel	Here, **your fellowship in the gospel** refers to the Philippians’ partnering with Paul in the various things involved in spreading the gospel. This includes gifts of money that they sent to Paul (see [4:15–18](../04/15.md)). If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “your participation with me in advancing the gospel” or “your partnership with me in working to spread the good news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	5	vi1r	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἡμέρας	1		The phrase **from the first day** refers to the time at which the Philippian believers first believed the gospel that Paul preached to them. This may also have been the first day that Paul preached in Philippi. Alternate translation: “from the time you first heard and believed the gospel that I preached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	5	d8hi	figs-explicit	ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν	1		The phrase **until now** does not mean that the Philippian believers have now stopped partnering with Paul. Rather, it means that they are still partnering with Paul. Alternate translation: “that we are still sharing now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	6	s1l8	figs-explicit	πεποιθὼς αὐτὸ τοῦτο	1	having been persuaded	The phrase **having been persuaded** indicates a reason that Paul thanks God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I thank God because I am confident of this very thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	6	jf4x	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐναρξάμενος ἐν ὑμῖν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν, ἐπιτελέσει	1	the one having begun	Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that God, having begun a good work in you, will perfect it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	6	u80a	figs-explicit	ὅτι ὁ ἐναρξάμενος ἐν ὑμῖν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν	1		The phrase **a good work in you** refers to both the initial conversion of the Philippian Christians and to God’s ongoing work in their lives through the Holy Spirit. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that God, having begun his good work in you through your conversion and continuing it through the work of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	6	qhmh		ὑμῖν	1		See how you translated the word **you** in [Philippians 1:2](../01/02.md).
 PHP	1	6	p2a5	figs-explicit	ἐπιτελέσει	1		Here, **will perfect {it}** means that God would bring to completion the work which he began in the lives of the Philippian believers at their conversion and which he was continuing to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	6	p5pu	figs-explicit	ἡμέρας Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1		The phrase **the day of Jesus Christ** refers to the time in the future when Jesus Christ will return to judge the world and save those who believe in him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time when Jesus Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	7	sowf	figs-idiom	τὸ ἔχειν με ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμᾶς	1	I have you in my heart	The phrase, **I have you in my heart** is an idiom which expresses strong affection. If you have an equivalent expression which adequately communicates the meaning, you may use it here. If not, you could state this using plain language. Alternate translation: “I love you very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	1	7	jn2s		συνκοινωνούς μου τῆς χάριτος & ὄντας	1	being partakers with me of grace	Alternate translation: “sharing in grace with me”
 PHP	1	7	df00	figs-abstractnouns	χάριτος	1		Here, **grace** refers to the way that God kindly gives us good things that we do not deserve. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **grace** with a verb or adjective. In this context, Paul considers both his imprisonment and his ministry of defending and confirming the gospel to be gifts from God. Alternate translation: “of God’s gracious gift” or “in experiencing how kind God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	7	o7ef	figs-metonymy	δεσμοῖς μου	1		Paul refers to his imprisonment in Rome by using the phrase **my chains**. Paul was chained to a guard and the Philippian Christians would have understood that Paul was referring to his imprisonment when he used the phrase **my chains** because of the close association between **chains** and being in prison. If this association is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	1	7	wey7	figs-doublet	καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀπολογίᾳ καὶ βεβαιώσει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1		The words translated **defense** and **confirmation** could be used to refer to defending and confirming in a court of law the truth of something against which a charge was made. These two words mean very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize that this is hard work. If your language has one word for these ideas, use that here and add emphasis another way. If there is a word or phrase that could be used with this legal sense but could also be used in the context of defending the gospel, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “and as I contend for the truth of the gospel” or “and as I labor to show people that the gospel is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	1	8	xun1	figs-idiom	ἐν σπλάγχνοις Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the bowels of Christ Jesus	The Greek word translated as **inner parts** is a term which refers to body organs, particularly to the intestines, liver, lungs, and heart. Paul is using **inner parts** to refer to love or affection. You can use the body part that represents the seat of affection in your language, or translate the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “with the heart of Christ Jesus” or “with the affection of Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	1	8	bo0r		ἐν σπλάγχνοις Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the bowels of Christ Jesus	Here, **the inner parts of Christ Jesus** could mean: (1) the same kind of love as Christ Jesus gives to people. (2) love that originates with Christ Jesus. Alternate translation: “with love that comes from Christ Jesus”
 PHP	1	9	jlyu	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα ἡ ἀγάπη ὑμῶν ἔτι μᾶλλον καὶ μᾶλλον περισσεύῃ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with the verb form. Alternate translation: “that you will be able to love others more and more abundantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	9	f4q5		ὑμῶν	1		See how you translated the word **your** in [Philippians 1:5](../01/05.md).
 PHP	1	9	tbtt	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἐπιγνώσει καὶ πάσῃ αἰσθήσει	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **knowledge** and **understanding** with verb phrases. Alternate translation: “and that God will enable you to see the truth about Him and teach you to love wisely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	10	e17g	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τὰ διαφέροντα	1		The word **{what}** here refers to that which a person does, and the word **excels** here refers to something that is best, according to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that you may approve and choose to do what pleases God the most” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	10	ybw6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς	1		Here, the phrase **so that** shows that what follows this phrase is the desired result of Paul’s prayer in verse nine. Consider using a connecting word or phrase that will clearly show that what follows it is the desired result of what Paul prayed in verse nine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	1	10	siv8	figs-doublet	εἰλικρινεῖς καὶ ἀπρόσκοποι	1	pure and blameless	The words **pure** and **blameless** have very similar meanings. Paul uses these two words together to emphasize the idea of moral purity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these two words and translate them as one idea. Alternate translation: “completely innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	1	11	lu5n	figs-metaphor	πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης τὸν	1		Here, the phrase **being filled with** is a metaphor meaning to be occupied in doing something. The phrase **the fruit of righteousness** is a metaphor which refers to what characterizes a person, namely what a person produces. This metaphor is a comparison between a good tree that produces good fruit and a person who is filled with righteousness and produces good actions as a result. So with these two metaphors, Paul is telling the Philippians to be occupied in doing righteous deeds. If this would be unclear in your language, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “filling your lives with the righteous deeds that are” or “habitually doing the good works that are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	11	t3w4	figs-activepassive	πεπληρωμένοι	1		The phrase **being filled with** is a passive form. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “letting God fill you with” or “continually producing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	11	yq99	figs-metaphor	τὸν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, the phrase **through Christ Jesus** is a metaphor meaning that Christ Jesus is the one who makes it possible for a person to be righteous and thus to do the things that a righteous person does. Alternate translation: “that Christ Jesus produces in you” or “that Christ Jesus enables you to produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	11	jwgb	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **glory** and **praise** with verbs. Alternate translation: “which will cause people to glorify and praise God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	11	mfs6	figs-doublet	εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ	1		The words **glory** and **praise** mean very similar things here. They are used together to emphasize how much people will praise God. If you have one word for this in your language, you could use it here and show emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “which will cause people to greatly praise God” or “which will cause people to declare how great God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	1	12	tu2t	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a spiritual sense to include both men and women who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 PHP	1	12	ygt3	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “my companions who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	12	zy4g	figs-explicit	τὰ κατ’ ἐμὲ	1	the things concerning me	The phrase **the things concerning me** refers to Paul’s imprisonment. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things I have suffered because I was put into prison for preaching about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	12	q288	figs-metaphor	μᾶλλον εἰς προκοπὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἐλήλυθεν	1	have really happened for the advancement of the gospel	The phrase **advancement of the gospel** refers to an increasing number of people hearing and believing the gospel. Alternate translation: “have actually caused more people to hear the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	13	wi6n	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	my chains in Christ became apparent among the whole palace guard and all the others	Here, the phrase **As a result** shows that what follows this phrase is the result of Paul’s circumstances which he began discussing in verse 12, namely, his imprisonment. Consider using a connecting word or phrase that will clearly show that what follows it is the result of Paul’s imprisonment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	1	13	h1ly	figs-metonymy	δεσμούς μου	1	my chains in Christ became apparent	Paul again refers to his imprisonment in a figurative way by using the phrase **my chains**. See how you translated this phrase in [1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	1	13	f8az	figs-explicit	τοὺς δεσμούς μου & ἐν Χριστῷ	1	my chains in Christ	Here, the phrase **my chains in Christ** means that Paul is imprisoned because of his work for the cause of Christ. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “my chains for the sake of Christ” or “my chains because I teach people about Christ” or “my chains for the cause of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	14	a1kh		τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1		See how you translated **brothers** in the previous verse [1:12](../01/12.md).
 PHP	1	14	eurs	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1		Paul is using the term **brothers** here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “my companions who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	14	sz29	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1		The phrase **encouraged in the Lord** means that the Philippian Christians had grown in their trust of the Lord because of Paul’s imprisonment. Alternate translation: “trust the Lord more because of my chains” or “have received more courage from the Lord as a result of my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	14	k4tm	figs-activepassive	καὶ τοὺς πλείονας τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who or what caused the action. Alternate translation: “The Lord has encouraged most of the brothers because of my chains” or “My chains have given most of the brothers more trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	14	ecy8	figs-metonymy	δεσμοῖς μου	1		Paul is referring to his imprisonment by mentioning one part of it: the chains that bound his feet and hands. If this is unclear in your language, you could mention the imprisonment directly. See how you translated the phrase **my chains** in [1:7](../01/07.md) and [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “because of my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	1	14	v2wo	figs-explicit	τὸν λόγον	1		Here, **the word** refers to the message from God about Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel” or “the good news” or “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	15	sa9n			0	Some indeed even proclaim Christ	Beginning in this verse, and extending to the end of [1:17](../01/17.md), Paul uses a poetic device called chiasm that could be confusing in some languages. You may need to reorder certain things in [1:15–17](../01/15.md) if it would be more natural in your language. See the UST.
 PHP	1	15	vw1s		τινὲς μὲν καὶ & τὸν Χριστὸν κηρύσσουσιν	1	Some indeed even proclaim Christ	Alternate translation: “Some people are preaching the good news about Jesus”
 PHP	1	15	z9y9	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ φθόνον καὶ ἔριν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **envy** and **strife** by using them in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because they are envious and seek their own evil purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	15	yh1c	figs-abstractnouns	εὐδοκίαν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **goodwill** by using it in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “their desire that others would know Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	16	w0b8	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἀγάπης	1		Here the object of the word **love** is not specified. You can leave the object of **love** unspecified or, if it is needed in your language, you may specify the object of **love**. Here, the word **love** could refer to: (1) love for Paul. Alternate translation: “because of their love for me” (2) love for Christ. Alternate translation: “The ones who proclaim the good news because they love Christ” (3) love for multiple objects, such as Paul and Christ and those who have not yet heard or believed in the gospel. Alternate translation: “The ones who proclaim the good news because of their love for me, and Jesus, and those who do not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	16	ttr2	figs-activepassive	κεῖμαι	1	I am appointed for the defense of the gospel	You could state the phrase **I am appointed** in active form. Alternate translation: “God appointed me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	16	st7k	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	for the defense of the gospel	Paul is speaking of the gospel as though it were a place or person that could be attacked. If this is confusing in your language, you can use plain language. See how you translated “defense and confirmation of the gospel” in [1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “to prove that the message about Jesus is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	16	ia9l	figs-explicit	εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου κεῖμαι	1		The phrase **I am appointed** could refer to: (1) God appointing Paul’s current situation of being in prison. Alternate translation: “I am assigned to be here for the defense of the gospel” (2) God appointing Paul to the ministry of defending the gospel. Alternate translation: “God has delegated me to the ministry of publicly defending the truth of the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	16	vnfl		ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1		See how you translated the phrase “defense and confirmation of the gospel” in [1:7](../01/07.md).
 PHP	1	17	sgss	figs-abstractnouns	οἱ δὲ ἐξ ἐριθείας τὸν Χριστὸν καταγγέλλουσιν	1	in my chains	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **ambition** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “but they proclaim Christ only to make themselves seem important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	17	j333		οὐχ ἁγνῶς	1	in my chains	Alternate translation: “with wrong motives” or “from wrong motives”
 PHP	1	17	z8ty	figs-metonymy	τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1	in my chains	Paul is referring to his imprisonment by mentioning one part of it: the chains that bound his feet and hands. If this is unclear in your language, you could mention the imprisonment directly. See how you translated the phrase **my chains** in [1:7](../01/07.md) and [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “because of my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	1	17	tc1u	figs-explicit	οἰόμενοι θλῖψιν ἐγείρειν τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could state how the selfish preachers suppose that they are causing trouble to Paul. You could also start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They hope to cause me trouble in my imprisonment by their preaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	18	dc7l	figs-rquestion	τί γάρ	1		The phrase **What then?** is a rhetorical question. If using a rhetorical question would be confusing in your language, consider expressing the meaning of this rhetorical question by changing it into a statement. Alternate translation: “But that does not matter!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 PHP	1	18	z5ia	figs-ellipsis	τί γάρ	1	What then?	In the rhetorical question **What then?**, Paul leaves out some words that might be necessary in some languages. If you want to use a rhetorical question here, you may want to add the words which are implied but not stated. This could be done in two ways: (1) as a rhetorical question which expects a negative answer. Alternate translation: “What does it matter what their motives are?” or “So what difference does it make?” (2) as a phrase that focuses on the result. Alternate translation: “What then is the result of this?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	1	18	sw24	figs-activepassive	Χριστὸς καταγγέλλεται	1		You can express the meaning of the passive form **is proclaimed** with an active form. Alternate translation: “we all proclaim Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	19	saze	figs-explicit	τοῦτό	1		Here, the word **this** refers to Paul’s current situation of being in prison and the things that accompanied it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my imprisonment” or “my current condition in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	19	h9hf	figs-abstractnouns	οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι τοῦτό μοι ἀποβήσεται εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	to me in deliverance	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning behind the abstract noun **deliverance** by using a verbal phrase. You could also say who does the action, if necessary. Alternate translation: “for I know that this will result in God delivering me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	19	zr2k	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπιχορηγίας τοῦ Πνεύματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	of the Spirit of Jesus Christ	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning behind the abstract noun **provision** by using a verbal phrase. You could also say who does the action, if necessary. Alternate translation: “by God providing to me the Spirit of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	20	fh48	figs-doublet	ἀποκαραδοκίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα	1	according to my eager expectation and hope	Both **eager expectation** and **hope** have similar meanings and together express a single idea. Paul uses these two words together to emphasize the strength of his expectation. If you have a single word or phrase in your language which expresses the meaning of these two words, consider using that to express the strength of the hope in another way. Alternate translation: “sincere expectation” or “sure hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	1	20	tk7l	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὴν ἀποκαραδοκίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα μου	1	but in everything have boldness	Both **expectation** and **hope** are abstract nouns. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express them together in a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “because I fully believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	20	jz1z	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ σώματί μου	1	Christ will be exalted in my body	Here, the phrase **in my body** is used to mean the activities that Paul does with his body. Paul speaks of his **body** because it was with his earthly body that he would serve God on earth until he died, as he explains in more detail in [1:22–24](../01/22.md). Alternate translation: “in everything that I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	1	20	ysty	figs-doublenegatives	ἐν οὐδενὶ αἰσχυνθήσομαι, ἀλλ’	1	Christ will be exalted in my body	If the double-negative phrase **in nothing be ashamed** would be confusing in your language, you could translate it in a positive way. Alternate translation: “I will always do the right thing and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 PHP	1	20	ch6v	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ παρρησίᾳ	1	whether through life or through death	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **boldness** with a similar adverb. Alternate translation: “always act boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	20	y78k	figs-abstractnouns	εἴτε διὰ ζωῆς εἴτε διὰ θανάτου	1	whether through life or through death	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **life** and **death** with their verbal forms. Alternate translation: “whether I live or I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	21	n3jd	figs-abstractnouns	κέρδος	1	to die is gain	If the abstract noun **gain** would be unclear in your language, you may express the meaning behind this word by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “to die is to go to Christ” or “to die would give me more blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	22	a21c	figs-synecdoche	ἐν σαρκί	1	Now if to live in the flesh	Here Paul is using the word **flesh** to refer to his entire body. The phrase **in the flesh** then refers to living as physical beings. If this would be confusing in your language, consider using a different word or phrase that refers to this present physical life. Alternate translation: “on this earth” or “in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 PHP	1	22	mwl6	figs-metaphor	τοῦτό μοι καρπὸς ἔργου	1	this is fruitful labor for me	Here, the word **fruitful** refers to Paul’s work producing good results. This is a metaphor in which Paul’s anticipated productive work is compared to a plant or tree which produces good fruit. Alternate translation: “this will mean effectively serving God” or “this will mean productively working for the advancement of the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	22	kxuu	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτό μοι καρπὸς ἔργου	1		If the an abstract noun **labor** would be unclear in your language, you may express the meaning behind this word by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “I will accomplish something important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	23	tq29	figs-metaphor	συνέχομαι δὲ ἐκ τῶν δύο	1	But I am hard pressed between the two	The phrase **I am hard pressed between the two** is a metaphor. Paul speaks as if he were experiencing literal pressure from two opposite sides at the same time. Paul uses this figurative expression to show his difficulty in deciding which decision is best, if given the option between living or dying. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this phrase using a metaphor that would make sense in your language, or you could choose to use plain language to express it. Alternate translation: “both options have their advantages, so the decision is not an easy one for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	23	j1sv	figs-activepassive	συνέχομαι	1		The phrase **I am hard pressed** is in passive form. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning behind this phrase by using a verb phrase that is in the active voice. Alternate translation: “It is not easy for me to decide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	23	q0n1	figs-explicit	τῶν δύο	1		Here, the phrase **the two** refers to the two options regarding what decision is best. The choice of continuing to live on earth and serve Christ or its alternative, the choice of leaving earth to be with Christ. If the phrase **the two** would be confusing in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these two options” or “these two choices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	23	u1zs	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἔχων	1		If the word abstract noun **desire** would be unclear in your language, you could express the meaning of this word by using the verbal form. Alternate translation: “yearning” or “preferring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	23	hhjr	figs-euphemism	ἀναλῦσαι	1		Here Paul is referring to his death with the phrase **to depart**. Instead of focusing on the unpleasantness of death, Paul is using the word **depart** to focus on the positive result of his death, namely, that his physical death will result in his being with Christ. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a different euphemism or express this plainly. Alternate translation: “to leave this life” or “to depart from this earth” or “to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 PHP	1	24	etly	figs-synecdoche	τὸ δὲ ἐπιμένειν ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ	1		The phrase **but remain in the flesh** means to remain alive in one’s body on earth. See how you translated **flesh** in [1:22](../01/22.md). If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “but to continue in the body” or “but to continue to live on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 PHP	1	24	k2j7	figs-ellipsis	ἀναγκαιότερον	1		In the phrase **{is} more necessary** Paul leaves out the implied words “than departing” because he knows that his readers will understand them from the context. If this would be unclear in your language, consider supplying these omitted words in your translation. Alternate translation: “rather than departing is more necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	1	24	hnl7		ὑμᾶς	1		See how you translated the word **your** in [1:5](../01/05.md).
 PHP	1	25	bu8d	figs-explicit	καὶ τοῦτο πεποιθὼς	1	having been persuaded of this	The word **this** refers back to [1:24](../01/24.md) where Paul said that he believed it was more necessary that he remain alive on earth so that he could continue helping the Philippian Christians mature in their faith. If this would be unclear in your language, consider further explaining the word **this** in your translation. Alternate translation: “And being sure that it is better for you that I remain” or “And having been convinced that I should remain here on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	25	xwl1	figs-activepassive	τοῦτο πεποιθὼς	1	I know that I will remain	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because I am sure of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	25	kmp4	figs-explicit	μενῶ	1	I know that I will remain	Here, the word **remain** refers to remaining alive on earth in one’s body in contrast to dying and leaving the earth to be with Christ. See how you translated the word **remain** in [1:24](../01/24.md) and make the meaning the same here. Alternate translation: “I will continue living on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	25	hzmd	figs-doublet	μενῶ καὶ παραμενῶ	1	I know that I will remain	These two words mean very similar things. The first is more general and the second is more specific about remaining with someone. If your language has one word for both of these meanings, you could use that here. Alternate translation: “I will continue with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	1	25	rruy	figs-yousingular	ὑμῖν	1		See how you translated the word **you** in [1:2](../01/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	1	25	xvx9	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ὑμῶν προκοπὴν καὶ χαρὰν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **progress** and **joy** with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “so that you will advance and be joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	25	vnn9	figs-hendiadys	εἰς τὴν ὑμῶν προκοπὴν καὶ χαρὰν	1		This phrase, **progress and joy**, may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **joy** tells how it feels to progress in faith. Alternate translation: “joyful progress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 PHP	1	25	h6f2		ὑμῶν	1		See how you translated the word **your** in [1:5](../01/05.md).
 PHP	1	25	zse3	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς πίστεως	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “in trusting Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	26	viwq	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		Here, the phrase **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose of what came before it. The purpose of Paul remaining alive, ([1:25](../01/25.md)), was to increase the Philippian’s boasting in Christ. In your translation, use the method your language uses to indicate purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 PHP	1	26	d906	figs-abstractnouns	καύχημα & ἐν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **boasting** by expressing its meaning in a verb phrase or in some other way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “glorying in” or “rejoicing in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	26	j1d2	figs-go	παρουσίας	1		Here the word **coming** describes Paul’s travel from the perspective of the Philippians. In your language, it may be more natural to describe his travel from Paul’s perspective and use a word such as “going.” Here and in verse [27](../01/27.md), use the word or phrase that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 PHP	1	26	ay37	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τῆς ἐμῆς παρουσίας	1		Here the word **through** could refer to: (1) the reason the Philippians would greatly boast in Christ. Therefore, the word **through** means “because”. Alternate translation: … because of my coming” (2) the means by which the Philippians would greatly boast in Christ. Therefore, the word **through** means “by”. Alternate translation: “by my coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	1	27	bwmq	figs-go	ἐλθὼν	1		Your language may have a different way of expressing the motion described by the word **come**. Here, the word **come** refers to Paul traveling to where the Philippians live and visiting them. See how you translated the form of this word in the previous verse, [1:26](../01/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 PHP	1	27	yddq	figs-yousingular	ἀξίως τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τοῦ Χριστοῦ πολιτεύεσθε	1		This is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	1	27	u09z	figs-metaphor	στήκετε	1		Here, the phrase **stand firm** is used to mean not changing one’s beliefs but, rather, remaining steadfast in what one believes. If this would be unclear in your language, consider using an equivalent expression from your language, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you be unmoved” or “you remain strong in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	27	kmn8	figs-doublet	ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ	1		Here, the phrases **in one spirit** and **with one soul** mean essentially the same thing and are used together to emphasize the importance of unity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them together as one expression and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “unified as one spirit” or “with complete unity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	1	27	jfxp	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ	1		Here, the phrases **in one spirit** and **with one soul** are used to mean “to have unity in one’s primary purposes and beliefs.” Both phrases refer to being in agreement about what matters. If these expressions would be confusing in your language, you may use plain language or use a similar expression from your language. Alternate translation: “with one mind” or “with singleness of purpose” or “in full agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	27	ej2s		συναθλοῦντες	1	striving together	Alternate translation: “cooperating together in the work”
 PHP	1	27	ya3h	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	for the faith of the gospel	Here, the abstract noun **faith** in the phrase **the faith of the gospel** refers to what believers understand and do as a result of believing the gospel, which is God’s message about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	28	u9an	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀντικειμένων	1		The phrase **the ones opposing you** refers to the people who were opposing the Philippian Christians and causing them trouble. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “the people opposing you” or “the people opposing you because you believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	28	l495	writing-pronouns	ἥτις ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς ἔνδειξις	1		The word **This** in the phrase **This is a sign to them** refers to the lack of fear because of their faith that the Philippian believers will have when they are opposed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 PHP	1	28	t225	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπωλείας	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** by using a verb form or by expressing it in some other way that would be clear in your language. Alternate translation: “that God will destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	28	ypn8	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίας	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** by using a verb form of this word or by expressing it in some other way that would be clear in your language. Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	28	nb4b	writing-pronouns	τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ	1		The word **this** in the phrase **this from God** could refer to: (1) what comes before it in this verse, both the courage God gives the Philippian Christians and the sign that their courage gives to those opposing them. Alternate translation: “your lack of fear and the evidence it gives is all from God” (2) the sign given to those who oppose the Philippian Christians. Alternate translation: “this sign is from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 PHP	1	29	qous	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν ἐχαρίσθη τὸ	1		You could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has graciously granted to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	30	x4z3	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες	1	having the same struggle which you saw in me, and now you hear in me	If the abstract noun **struggle** would be confusing in your language, you could express it with a verb phrase, as the UST does, or by expressing the idea behind this word in some other way that would be clear in your language. Alternate translation: “facing the same strife” or “enduring the same trials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	30	cewf	figs-metaphor	τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες, οἷον εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ	1		Here, the word **struggle** is a figurative way of referring to the conflict that Paul and the Philippian believers had with people who opposed them because of their faith. Paul speaks of it here as if it were a military battle or an athletic competition. If this would be unclear in your language, you could state this in plain language. Alternate translation: “as you experience the same opposition from people that you saw that I experienced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	30	hnec	figs-idiom	εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ νῦν ἀκούετε ἐν ἐμοί	1		Here, the phrase **in me** occurs twice, both times referring to what Paul is experiencing. If this would be unclear in your language, you could express this in a way that is understandable in your language. Alternate translation: “you saw me experience and now hear that I am experiencing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	2	intro	ixw8			0		# Philippians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations, like the ULT, set apart the lines of verses 6–11. These verses describe the example of Christ. They teach important truths about the person of Jesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Practical instructions<br><br>In this chapter Paul gives many practical instructions to the church in Philippi.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “If there is any”<br><br>This appears as though it is a type of hypothetical statement. However, it is not a hypothetical statement, because it expresses something that is true. The translator may also translate this phrase as “Since there is.”
 PHP	2	1	v4ns	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1		The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the natural result of or conclusion to what preceded it. Use the most natural form in your language to show this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 PHP	2	1	b1q7	figs-explicit	εἴ τις & παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ, εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης, εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος, εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί	1	If there is any encouragement in Christ	The phrase **if {there is} any**, which occurs one time in this verse, and the phrase **if any**, which occurs three times in this verse, appear to be hypothetical statements. However, they are not hypothetical, because they each express things which are true. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of these phrases explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the encouragement which comes from Christ, because there is comfort from his love, because of the fellowship of the Spirit, because you have affections and compassions” or “since Christ has encouraged you, since there is comfort from his love, since there is fellowship in the Spirit, since you have affections and compassions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	1	del5	figs-ellipsis	εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης, εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος, εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί	1		In the three occurrences of the phrase **if any** in this verse, the missing words, “there is,” are implied and can be supplied in your translation if omitting them would cause confusion. Alternate translation: “if there is any comfort from love, if there is any fellowship of the Spirit, if there are any affections and compassions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	2	1	xye5	figs-abstractnouns	εἴ τις & παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ	1	Connecting Statement:	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **encouragement** by using a verbal form of this word. Alternate translation: “if Christ encourages you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	1	n82s		εἴ τις & παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, the word **encouragement** could refer to: (1) “encouragement” (2) “exhortation” Alternate translation: “if there is any exhortation in Christ” (3) both the idea of “encouragement” and “exhortation” at the same time. Alternate translation: “if there is any encouragement and exhortation in Christ”
 PHP	2	1	dapb	figs-explicit	εἴ τις & παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, the phrase, **encouragement in Christ** probably means the encouragement that Christ gives to believers because they are in union with him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the encouragement which comes from Christ” or “if Christ encourages you” or “because you are encouraged by being in Christ” or “since you are encouraged because of your union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	1	k1b2	figs-explicit	εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης	1	if any comfort of love	Here, **love** probably refers to Christ’s love for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “if his love has given you any comfort” or “if his love for you has comforted you in any way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	1	d63e	figs-abstractnouns	εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **comfort** and **love** by using verbal forms of these words and/or using them in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “if Christ’s love for you has comforted you” or “if being loved by Christ has comforted you” or “if Christ’s love comforts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	1	ub8e	figs-explicit	εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης	1		The phrase **comfort of love** refers to the comfort which the Philippian believers received from Christ’s love. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if you have received any comfort from Christ’s love” or “if Christ’s love comforts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	1	m84k		εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος	1	if any fellowship of the Spirit	The phrase **fellowship of the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit giving the Philippian Christians fellowship with each other. Alternate translation: “if the Spirit has produced any fellowship among you” or “if the Spirit has given you fellowship with each other” (2) the Philippian Christians’ fellowship with the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “if you have fellowship with the Spirit” (3) both the Holy Spirit giving the Philippian Christians fellowship with each other and to their having fellowship with the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “if you have any fellowship with the Spirit and the Spirit has produced in you any fellowship with each other”
 PHP	2	1	quhq	figs-abstractnouns	εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος	1	if any fellowship of the Spirit	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **fellowship** by using it in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “if the Spirit has produced any fellowship among you” or “if the Spirit has given you fellowship with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	1	l2px	figs-abstractnouns	εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί	1	if any affections and compassions	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **affections** and **compassions** by using them in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “if you feel any affection and compassion for one another” or “if you have any affection and compassion for each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	1	u3dz	figs-explicit	εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί	1	if any affections and compassions	The phrase **if any affections and compassions** probably refers to the Philippian believers’ affection and compassion toward each other. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if you have any affection and compassion toward one another”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	2	j5v2	figs-abstractnouns	πληρώσατέ μου τὴν χαρὰν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** by using an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “make me overflow with happiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	2	jxq2		τὸ αὐτὸ φρονῆτε	1	fulfill my joy	Alternate translation: “you think together as one”
 PHP	2	2	ve0w	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν αὐτὴν ἀγάπην ἔχοντες	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	2	yo7j	figs-idiom	σύνψυχοι	1		Paul’s use of the idiom, **united in soul**, is a figurative way of asking the Philippians to be unified and to agree about what is important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “be one in spirit” or “be one in heart and will” or “agree about what is important” or “be unified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	2	2	b8gz		τὸ ἓν φρονοῦντες	1		Alternate translation: “being concerned about the same things”
 PHP	2	3	p0v0		μηδὲν κατ’ ἐριθείαν	1		Alternate translation: “Do not be selfishly ambitious” or “Do not do anything with an attitude of self-importance”
 PHP	2	3	y1le		μηδὲ κατὰ κενοδοξίαν	1		Alternate translation: “or with empty pride”
 PHP	2	3	xmey	figs-abstractnouns	μηδὲ κατὰ κενοδοξίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **conceit** by using an adjective or some other way. Alternate translation: “or with prideful motives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	3	kzj6	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλλὰ τῇ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ ἀλλήλους ἡγούμενοι ὑπερέχοντας ἑαυτῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **humility** by using an adjective or some other way. Alternate translation: “but rather, act in a humble way by considering others more important than yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	4	ezk6		μὴ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ἕκαστος σκοποῦντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἑτέρων ἕκαστοι	1	each one not considering the things of himself, but also the things of each other	Alternate translation: “each of you caring not only about what you need, but also about what others need”
 PHP	2	4	nowd	figs-explicit	ἕκαστος	1		The phrase **each one** here means “each person” and refers to all of the Philippian believers. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “every one of you” or “each of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	4	ob45		μὴ & σκοποῦντες	1		Alternate translation: “not thinking about”
 PHP	2	4	l3q0	figs-pronouns	ἑαυτῶν	1		Here, the reflexive pronoun **themselves** is plural in form in the original language in which Paul wrote this letter. If your language has a plural form for this pronoun, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “of yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
 PHP	2	4	qmzl	figs-rpronouns	ἑαυτῶν	1		Here, the reflexive pronoun **themselves** refers back to **each one** at the beginning of the verse. Alternate translation: “of yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 PHP	2	5	pqdc		τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		Alternate translation: “Have the same attitude that Christ Jesus had”
 PHP	2	5	rh98	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Have this attitude in you which also was in Christ Jesus	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **attitude**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **attitude** with a verb such as “think.” Alternate translation: “Think about one another the way Christ Jesus thought of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	5	kwoe	figs-yousingular	τοῦτο φρονεῖτε	1		This is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian believers. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you should have this attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	2	5	acmu	figs-explicit	τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		Here the phrase **Have this attitude in you which also {was} in Christ Jesus** means that a believer is to have the same attitude and disposition which Christ Jesus had and which characterized his behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Think the same way that Christ Jesus did” or “Have the same values which Christ Jesus also had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	6	xo2l		ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ ὑπάρχων	1		The phrase **existing in the form of God** means that Jesus had the very nature of God. It does not mean that Jesus only appeared to be God, but was not God. This phrase is saying that Jesus was fully God. The rest of this verse and the next two verses explain that Jesus, while being fully God, humbled himself and acted as a servant, in obedience to God. Avoid any translation that would suggest that Jesus was not fully God. Alternate translation: “being fully God” or “though everything that is true of God is true of him”
 PHP	2	6	kd1l		οὐχ & ἡγήσατο	1		Alternate translation: “did not think” or “did not regard”
 PHP	2	6	els2		ἁρπαγμὸν	1	did not consider being equal with God something to be grasped	Alternate translation: “something to be held onto” or “something to be retained”
 PHP	2	7	x5rt	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		The word **Instead** introduces a contrast between the preceding clause in [2:6](../02/06.md) and what is expressed about Jesus in this verse and the next two verses. The contrast is made between Jesus’ choice to retain his divine rights and privileges, or to surrender them. Choose the best form in your language to show the contrast that **Instead** expresses here. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “Rather” or “But instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 PHP	2	7	kvjd	writing-pronouns	ἀλλὰ ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν	1		Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider the best way to express the meaning of **he** to show that it refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Instead, Jesus emptied himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 PHP	2	7	c64i	figs-rpronouns	ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν	1		Here, the reflexive pronoun **himself** refers to Jesus and is used to emphasize the fact that Jesus freely and intentionally chose to empty himself of divine rights and privileges. Consider the best way to express the emphatic element of this pronoun in your language. Alternate translation: “he willingly set aside divine privileges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 PHP	2	7	yu25	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν	1	he emptied himself	Here, Paul statement that Christ **emptied himself** is figurative, and not literal. By using the figurative phrase **he emptied himself**, Paul is vividly expressing that Christ chose to give up his divine rights and privileges when he became human. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he gave up divine rights and privileges” or “he willingly set aside divine privileges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	2	7	r5dn		μορφὴν δούλου λαβών	1		The phrase, **having taken the form of a servant**, means that Jesus acted as a servant while on earth. It does not mean that Jesus simply appeared to be a servant. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using an equivalent expression from your language, or state this in plain language. Alternative translation, “and acted as a servant”
 PHP	2	7	qetl		ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων γενόμενος	1		The phrase **having been born in the likeness of men** means that Jesus became a human being. It does not mean that Jesus only appeared to be human. Rather, it means that Jesus, who always existed as God, chose to take on a human body and appear on earth in human form. If it would be helpful in your language, consider saying this in plain language. Alternate translation: “having become a human being”
 PHP	2	7	tc8n	figs-gendernotations	ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων	1	in the likeness of men	Here, the word **men** is emphasizing the idea of Jesus’ humanity rather than his gender. The word **men** is plural in form to emphasize the idea that Jesus resembled humanity in general. Consider the best way in your language to express this emphasis on Jesus’ humanity. Alternate translation: “in the likeness of human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 PHP	2	7	uizd		καὶ σχήματι εὑρεθεὶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος	1		The phrase **having been found in appearance as a man** does not mean that Jesus appeared to be a man but was not a man. Rather, this phrase continues the thought of the previous phrase, **having been born in the likeness of men**, and means that Jesus became a human being and therefore was fully human in appearance. The phrase, **in appearance**, points out that Jesus appeared in all ways to be fully human. It also indicates that while being fully human, Jesus was distinct from the rest of humanity: He retained his full deity while being human and, therefore, he was both human and divine at the same time. Alternate translation: “and while being found in the form of a human being”
 PHP	2	7	jmr8	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1		Here the word **man** is emphasizing the idea of Jesus’ humanity rather than his gender. If your language has a way of expressing this emphasis on Jesus’ humanity, consider using the term that would most clearly express this. See how you translated the word **men** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 PHP	2	8	t8a6		ἐταπείνωσεν ἑαυτὸν, γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου	1	having become obedient to the point of death	The phrase **having become** clarifies or introduces the way that Jesus **humbled himself**. Choose the most natural form in your language to express this meaning. Alternate translation: “Jesus humbled himself by becoming obedient to the point of dying” or “Jesus humbled himself this way, by obeying to the point of death” or “Jesus humbled himself, specifically, by obeying God to the point of death”
 PHP	2	8	ttys	figs-rpronouns	ἑαυτὸν	1		The reflexive pronoun **himself**, which refers to Jesus, is used here to emphasize Jesus’ action of humbling himself. Consider the best way in your language to express the emphatic element of this pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 PHP	2	8	r5f0	figs-abstractnouns	γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου, θανάτου δὲ σταυροῦ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the two occurrences in this verse of the abstract noun **death** with a verb such as “dying”. Alternate translation: “ having become obedient to the point of dying, even dying on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	8	l1fk	figs-idiom	γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου	1		The phrase **to the point of** is an English idiom that translates a single Greek preposition. This preposition emphasizes the intensity of Jesus’ obedience to the Father by showing that **death** that follows as the extreme result of that obedience. Alternate translation: “ remaining obedient even though it resulted in him dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	2	8	flk2		θανάτου δὲ σταυροῦ	1		The phrase **even death on a cross** emphasizes that dying on a cross was a very humiliating way to die. By using the word **even** and repeating the word **death**, Paul is emphasizing the great extent of Jesus’ humility and obedience. Think about the best way in your language to show the emphasis provided by the phrase **even death on a cross**. Alternate translation: “even so far as dying on a cross” or “even to the extent of dying on a cross”
 PHP	2	9	f3ek	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1		The word **Therefore** shows the reason and result relationship between what comes before this word and what follows it. Here, **Therefore** introduces the result of Jesus humbling himself, as was described in [2:6–8](../02/06.md). Choose the form in your language that best expresses the reason and result relationship expressed by the word **Therefore**. Alternate translation: “Because of this” or “Because Jesus acted this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	2	9	wmvd		αὐτὸν ὑπερύψωσεν	1		Alternate translation: “greatly honored him”
 PHP	2	9	mvb7	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα	1	the name that is above every name	Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the status or position associated with someone’s name. Alternate translation: “the position that is above every other position” or “the position that is higher than any other position” or “the rank that is above every other rank” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	2	10	b3ai	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα	1		The phrase **so that** connects this verse with the preceding verse, [2:9](../02/09.md) and shows that this verse and the next verse are the result of [2:9](../02/09.md). Use the most natural form in your language to show this connection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	2	10	tk45	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ	1	at the name of Jesus every knee would bend	Here, **every knee** bending is an idiomatic way of saying that Jesus will be worshiped and honored by all. If this would be clear in your language, consider using this expression, but If it would be helpful in your language, consider using an equivalent expression to communicate the idea of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	2	10	xz1u	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ	1	at the name of Jesus every knee would bend	Here, **name** is a metonym for the person, telling who it is they will worship. Alternate translation: “before the person of Jesus” or “every person and being will worship Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	2	10	xn7a		ἐπουρανίων καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων	1		Paul uses the phrase **in heaven and on earth and under the earth** to include to all beings, including human beings and angels. This phrase emphasizes that all beings everywhere will bow in reverence to Jesus. Consider the best way to express this in your language. Alternate translation: “every being in heaven, and on earth, and under the earth”
 PHP	2	11	xy4f	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσηται	1	every tongue	Here Paul uses the word **tongue** to represent the mouth and what comes out of the mouth. Paul is describing what is said by associating it with the tongue. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “every mouth will declare” or “every being will say” or “everyone will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	2	11	mr2i	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς	1	to the glory of God the Father	Here the word **to** expresses result. Alternate translation: “with the result that God the Father will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 PHP	2	11	equs	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς	1	to the glory of God the Father	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** by using a verbal form of this word or by some other way. Alternate translation: “and honor God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	12	jnp3	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὥστε	1	Connecting Statement:	The phrase **So then** shows that what follows it is the desired result of what preceded it in [2:5–11](../02/05.md). Use the most natural form in your language to show this relationship. Alternate translation: “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 PHP	2	12	e359		ἀγαπητοί μου	1	my beloved	Here, the word **beloved** refers to the believers in Philippi. Paul uses this word to express how much he loves them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase in your language that expresses love and affection. Alternate translation: “my dear fellow believers”
 PHP	2	12	c1ix		ὡς ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ μου	1	in my presence	Alternate translation: “when I was present with you”
 PHP	2	12	u5ng		ἐν τῇ ἀπουσίᾳ μου	1	in my absence	Alternate translation: “when I am not there with you”
 PHP	2	12	j897	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου τὴν ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν κατεργάζεσθε	1	work out your own salvation with fear and trembling	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** by using a verbal form of this word or expressing it in some other way which describes God’s saving work. Alternate translation: “with fear and trembling, continue to work hard to do that which is proper for those whom God saves” or “with awe and reverence for God, work to do good things, as those whom God has saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	12	cm1s	figs-doublet	μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου	1	with fear and trembling	Paul uses the words **fear** and **trembling** together to show the attitude of reverence that people should have for God. Consider the best way to express this idea in your language. These words have very similar meanings, so you can express them as one idea or translate them as two separate expressions. Alternate translation: “with awe and reverence for God” or “with deep reverence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	2	13	fc9l		ἐνεργῶν	1		In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the word **working** expresses continuous action and emphasizes the ongoing nature of God’s work in believers. Consider the best way to express the continuous nature of this word in your language. Alternate translation: “continually working”
 PHP	2	13	qy5x	figs-extrainfo	ἐν ὑμῖν	1		The phrase **in you** could refer to: (1) God working individually within the heart of each of the Philippian believers. (2) God working among the Philippian believers as a whole. Alternate translation: “among you” (3) both option one and two simultaneously. Alternate translation: “in and among you” If your language allows you to keep the object of God’s work ambiguous, as it is in the ULT, this is the preferable option. If your language does not allow for this, choose one of the options above. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	2	13	m6b8		καὶ τὸ θέλειν, καὶ τὸ ἐνεργεῖν, ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐδοκίας	1	both to will and to work for his good pleasure	Alternate translation: “to enable you to both desire to do, and to do, the things which him happy” or “so that you will want to do what pleases him, and will be able to do what pleases him”
 PHP	2	14	gy6p	figs-yousingular	πάντα ποιεῖτε χωρὶς γογγυσμῶν καὶ διαλογισμῶν	1		The phrase **Do all things without** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, make sure that you do not complain or argue in anything you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	2	15	z2lz	figs-doublet	ἄμεμπτοι καὶ ἀκέραιοι	1	blameless and pure	The words **blameless** and **pure** are very similar in meaning and are used together to emphasize the idea of living a morally pure life. You may translate these words individually, as the ULT does, or combine them together into one idea and express their meaning together as a single expression. Consider what would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “completely innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	2	15	sp0g	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **children of God** is a metaphorical way of describing people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. Here, **children** does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. If you translate **children** using a literal term, choose a word that can refer to people of any age in relation to their fathers. Alternate translation: “God’s spiritual offspring” or “spiritual children of God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 PHP	2	15	im15	figs-explicit	ἄμωμα	1		The phrase **without blemish** means being free from flaws or defects. Here the phrase **without blemish** specifically means being free from moral flaws or corruption. Consider using an equivalent phrase from your language that would be understood in this context, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who abstain from all evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	15	f957	figs-metonymy	ἐν οἷς φαίνεσθε ὡς φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ	1		Paul is describing people by associating them with the world in which they live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “among whom you shine as lights before the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	2	15	p71u	figs-metaphor	φαίνεσθε ὡς φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ	1	you shine as lights in the world	Here, the word **lights** represents believers who are living in a righteous way that shows other people what is true and good. “Light”, is often used metaphorically in the Bible to represent truth and the righteous living that aligns with truth. In the Bible, light is often contrasted with darkness, which represents falsehood and living according to it. To **shine as lights in the world** means to live in a way that helps people see God’s truth and character. You can retain this metaphor or express this using plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be examples of God’s goodness and truth in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	2	15	jb7y	figs-doublet	μέσον γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς καὶ διεστραμμένης	1	in the world, in the midst of a crooked and depraved generation	The words **crooked** and **perverted** are used together to emphasize the idea of extreme sinfulness. These two words are very similar in meaning. You may translate these words individually, as the ULT does, or combine them together into one idea and express their meaning together as a single expression. Consider what would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among people who are very sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	2	16	u3qb		λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες	1	holding forth the word of life	Here, **holding forth** could mean: (1) holding out to others the word of life. Alternate translation: “holding out the word of life” or “offering the word of life” (2) holding firmly to the word of life. Alternate translation: “holding tightly to the word of life” or “holding firmly to the word of life”
 PHP	2	16	cher		λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες	1		The phrase **holding forth the word of life** continues the thought from the previous verse and shows in more detail how Christians can become “blameless and pure, children of God” who “shine as lights in the world.” Consider the best way to show this connection in your language. Alternate translation: “as you hold forth the word of life”
 PHP	2	16	eq86	figs-explicit	λόγον ζωῆς	1	the word of life	The phrase **word of life** refers to the good news about Jesus. If this would be unclear in your language, consider translating this phrase in plain language. Alternate translation: “the message that gives life” or “the life-giving gospel” or “the life-giving message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	16	nmix	figs-metonymy	λόγον	1		Here the phrase **the word** means “the gospel.” In his writings, Paul often uses **word** to refer to the message of the gospel. In doing this, Paul is describing something Christians communicate to others by associating it with words. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the message” or “the gospel” or “the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	2	16	i448	figs-explicit	λόγον ζωῆς	1		The phrase **the word of life** could mean: (1) the word that gives people life. Alternate translation: “the word that gives life” (2) the word that is about life and that gives life. Alternate translation: “the word that is about life and gives life” (3) the word which contains life and has the ability to give people life. Alternate translation: “the word that contains and gives life” If your language allows you to keep the phrase **the word of life** ambiguous, this is the best option. If your language does not allow you to do this, you may specify clearly how the phrase **of life** is related to **the word**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	16	fz1d	figs-abstractnouns	λόγον ζωῆς	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the abstract noun **life** by using it in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the life-giving word” or “the word which gives life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	16	s3z9	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς καύχημα ἐμοὶ εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ, ὅτι οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον, οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα	1		With the phrase **for my boasting on the day of Christ**, Paul introduces a reason that the Philippian believers should try to live out the things he has just told them to do in [2:12](../02/12.md) and ending with the phrase “holding forth the word of life.” Paul here gives one reason for what he has just asked them to do. He says that if they live out what he has just told them, then when Christ returns, he can be proud of the fact that he did not work in vain among them. Consider the best way in your language to show this reason-result relationship. Alternate translation: “so that I will be able to boast on the day Christ returns that I did not run in vain or labor in vain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	2	16	esvd	figs-explicit	εἰς καύχημα ἐμοὶ	1		Here, **boasting** refers to Paul being rightfully proud of God’s work in the lives of the Philippian believers. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that I may be rightfully proud of God’s work in you” or “so that I might glory in God’s work in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	16	heo4		εἰς καύχημα ἐμοὶ	1		Alternate translation: “so that I may boast” or “in order that I have good reason to glory”
 PHP	2	16	q7y8	figs-explicit	εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ,	1	on the day of Christ	The phrase **the day of Christ** refers to the time in the future when Christ will return. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when Christ returns” or “at the time Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	16	m5aq	figs-parallelism	οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον, οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα	1	I did not run in vain nor labor in vain	The phrases **run in vain** and **labor in vain** have very similar meanings here. Paul uses these two phrases together to emphasize how hard he has worked to help people believe in Christ and mature in their obedience and love for him. You may translate these two phrases separately, as the ULT does, or if it would be clearer in your language, you may translate them together as a single phrase. Alternate translation: “I did not work so hard for nothing” or “I did not work hard with no lasting results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 PHP	2	16	m1z7	figs-metaphor	οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον	1	I did … run	Here Paul uses the word **run** metaphorically to mean “work.” Here Paul specifically means that he worked for the advancement of the gospel among the Philippians. Paul uses the word **run** to bring to the Philippians’ minds the image of a runner who is racing toward a finish line in order to win a prize. If this image is familiar to people in your culture, consider using this metaphor. But if this image is not familiar to your readers, consider stating this idea in plain language. Alternate translation: “I did not work for the advancement of the gospel uselessly” or “I did not work for the spread of the good news for nothing” or “I did not run the race uselessly”( See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	2	16	wyyg		εἰς κενὸν	-1		Alternate translation: “for no purpose … for no purpose” or “without positive results … without positive results” or “for nothing … for nothing”
 PHP	2	16	btgu	figs-explicit	οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα	1		Here Paul uses the word **labor** to refer to his spiritual work of sharing the gospel with the Philippian believers and working to help them grow in spiritual maturity. Paul assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to his spiritual work among them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “or work hard for nothing, trying to help you believe in Christ and obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	17	p9km	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ	1		**But even if** connects the idea of running and laboring for the advance of the gospel, which Paul discussed in [2:16](../02/16.md), with what he says in the rest of this verse. Consider how to translate this phrase in your language in a way that shows this connection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 PHP	2	17	j2ov	translate-symaction	σπένδομαι ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1		The phrase **I am being poured out as an offering on the sacrifice** uses imagery from the Old Testament Jewish sacrificial system. A priest would sacrifice an animal on the altar as a burnt offering to God and then pour out wine as a drink offering to God, in order to make the sacrifice complete. See [Num 28:7](../num/28/07.md). If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, consider using it here, but if this imagery would be confusing in your culture, consider translating this imagery using plain language. Alternate translation: “I work and give my life for your sake in order to complete the sacrificial service of your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 PHP	2	17	xlv0	figs-metaphor	σπένδομαι	1		Paul uses the phrase **I am being poured out as an offering** to depict his imprisonment and suffering for the advancement of the gospel. Paul probably is also thinking of the fact that he could be killed in the future for preaching the gospel. If this metaphor would not be clear in your language, consider using plain language to express this idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	2	17	ji4w	figs-abstractnouns	σπένδομαι	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the abstract noun **offering** by using a verbal form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	17	thi0	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “on your sacrifice and service which you offer because you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	2	17	ip8i	figs-hendiadys	ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1		The words **sacrifice** and **service** express a single idea by using two words connected by **and**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning as a single idea or phrase. Alternate translation: “to complete your sacrificial service which you offer because you believe the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 PHP	2	17	s1j9		χαίρω καὶ συνχαίρω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν	1		The phrase **I rejoice and rejoice with you all** is Paul’s summary of his attitude toward his hard work and suffering on behalf of the Philippians, which he described in [2:16](../02/16.md) and in this verse.
 PHP	2	18	bicj	figs-explicit	τὸ & αὐτὸ	1		The phrase **in the same manner** refers to the Philippian Christians rejoicing in the same manner that Paul said he would rejoice in previous verse [2:17](../02/17.md). If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way that I rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	18	dr9c	figs-yousingular	καὶ ὑμεῖς χαίρετε καὶ συνχαίρετέ μοι	1	Connecting Statement:	The phrases **you also rejoice** and **rejoice with me** are both commands or instructions given to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I urge each of you to rejoice, and also to rejoice with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	2	19	gml9	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλπίζω δὲ ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ	1	Now I hope in the Lord Jesus	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **hope** with a verb form such as “hoping.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	20	d9mw		οὐδένα γὰρ ἔχω ἰσόψυχον	1	For I have no one like-minded	Alternate translation: “For I have no one else who loves you like I do”
 PHP	2	21	b922	figs-explicit	οἱ πάντες γὰρ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ζητοῦσιν, οὐ τὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	For they all	Here the words **they** and **their** refer to a group of people Paul does not think he can trust to help the believers in Philippi. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating that explicitly. Alternate translation: “All the other people I might send to you seek what they want and not the things Jesus Christ wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	22	gm8i	figs-simile	ὡς πατρὶ τέκνον, σὺν ἐμοὶ ἐδούλευσεν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	as a child with his father, he served with me	The point of this comparison is that children learn from their fathers and try to follow and imitate them as they work alongside them. Paul was not Timothy’s biological father, but he uses this simile to illustrate how Timothy worked alongside him and learned from him as, together, they advanced the gospel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he learned from me and did what I did as he served with me in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 PHP	2	22	clvw	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δὲ δοκιμὴν αὐτοῦ γινώσκετε	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **worth** with an adjective such as “valuable” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “But you know how valuable Timothy is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	22	xdn5	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	in the gospel	Here, **the gospel** means the work of advancing the gospel. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in gospel work” or “in working to spread the gospel” or “in the work of telling people the good news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	2	24	yn62		πέποιθα & ἐν Κυρίῳ, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι	1	I am confident in the Lord that I myself will also come soon	Alternate translation: “I am sure, if it is the Lord’s will, that I will also come soon”
 PHP	2	24	qqpo	figs-explicit	ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι.	1		Here, the word **also** expresses that Paul was confident that he would be able to visit the Philippian Christians too, in addition to sending Timothy to them. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that I myself, in addition to Timothy, will also come soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	24	wbpc	figs-go	ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι	1		Your language may say “go” instead of **come** in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “that I myself will also go soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 PHP	2	25	k4wz	translate-names	Ἐπαφρόδιτον	1	Epaphroditus	**Epaphroditus** is the name of a man sent by the Philippian church to minister to Paul in prison. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 PHP	2	25	csw5	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφὸν & μου	1		Here the phrase **my brother** does not mean that Epaphroditus was Paul’s biological brother. Rather, Paul calls Epaphroditus his **brother** because they were both members of God’s spiritual family through their faith in Jesus Christ. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my spiritual brother” or “my brother in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	2	25	c3ce	figs-metaphor	συνστρατιώτην	1	fellow worker and fellow soldier	Here the phrase **fellow soldier** does not mean that Epaphroditus and Paul were actual soldiers in a military. What Paul means is that he and Epaphroditus were spiritual soldiers fighting together beside God in the spiritual battle against Satan and evil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly or modify the phrase **fellow soldier** to further explain what Paul means, or you could express the meaning of **fellow soldier** by turning it into a simile, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “fellow believer who works and struggles along with us” or “fellow soldier of God” or “fellow warrior for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	2	25	qsd6		ὑμῶν & ἀπόστολον καὶ λειτουργὸν τῆς χρείας μου	1	your messenger and minister for my needs	Alternate translation: “who brings your messages to me and helps me in my need”
 PHP	2	26	gxn9		ἐπιποθῶν ἦν πάντας ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἀδημονῶν	1	he is longing to be with you all and he is distressed	Alternate translation: “he has wanted to be with you all and is deeply concerned”
 PHP	2	26	wdvh	writing-pronouns	ἐπειδὴ ἐπιποθῶν ἦν πάντας ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἀδημονῶν διότι ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἠσθένησεν	1		In this verse all three uses of the pronoun **he** refer to Epaphroditus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural. Alternate translation: “seeing that Epaphroditus has been longing to be with you all and is distressed because you heard that he was sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 PHP	2	27	d3ou	writing-pronouns	καὶ γὰρ ἠσθένησεν παραπλήσιον θανάτῳ, ἀλλὰ ὁ Θεὸς ἠλέησεν αὐτόν, οὐκ αὐτὸν δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμέ, ἵνα μὴ λύπην ἐπὶ λύπην σχῶ	1		Here the pronoun **he** refers to Epaphroditus, as do both uses of the pronoun **him**. If this would be unclear in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation. Alternate translation: “For indeed Epaphroditus was sick nearly to death. But God had mercy on him, and not on him only, but also on me, so that I might not have sorrow upon sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 PHP	2	27	rl0m	figs-abstractnouns	ἠσθένησεν παραπλήσιον θανάτῳ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** with an adjective such as “dying” or with a verbal form such as **died**, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “he was sick nearly to the point of dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	27	n0zd	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλλὰ ὁ Θεὸς ἠλέησεν αὐτόν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **mercy** with an adjective such as “merciful” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “but God was merciful to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	27	ioqq	figs-explicit	λύπην ἐπὶ λύπην	1		If it would be helpful in your language, consider using an equivalent expression for **sorrow upon sorrow**, or state the meaning of this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “sorrow added to sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	27	dzgz		λύπην ἐπὶ λύπην	1		The expression **sorrow upon sorrow** could mean: (1) adding the sorrow of Epaphroditus’ death to the sorrow of Epaphroditus’ sickness. Alternate translation: “the sorrow of Epaphroditus’ death added to the sorrow of his sickness” (2) adding the sorrow of Epaphroditus’ death to the sorrow of Paul’s imprisonment. Alternate translation: “the sorrow of Epaphroditus’ death added to the sorrow of my imprisonment”
 PHP	2	28	kt1d	writing-pronouns	σπουδαιοτέρως οὖν ἔπεμψα αὐτὸν, ἵνα ἰδόντες αὐτὸν πάλιν, χαρῆτε κἀγὼ ἀλυπότερος ὦ	1		Here, both occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to Epaphroditus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying who **him** is referring to in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I sent Epaphroditus all the more eagerly, so that, having seen him again, you might rejoice, and I might be free from pain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 PHP	2	28	y5gc	figs-abstractnouns	κἀγὼ ἀλυπότερος ὦ	1	and I might be free from pain	Here when Paul refers to **pain**, he is referring to emotional pain. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **pain**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **pain** with an adjective such as “anxious” or “concerned” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “and I might be less anxious” or “and I might be less concerned about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	29	y95x	figs-yousingular	προσδέχεσθε & αὐτὸν	1	Therefore welcome him	The word **welcome** is a command or instruction in plural form to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I exhort all of you to welcome him” or “all of you receive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	2	29	qx14	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν Κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης χαρᾶς	1	in the Lord with all joy	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adverb such as “joyfully,” as the UST does, or you can use a verbal form of this word such as “rejoicing.” Alternate translation: “Therefore, welcome him in the Lord with rejoicing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	29	l59w	figs-yousingular	ἐντίμους ἔχετε	1		The phrase **hold in honor** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I exhort each of you to hold in honor” or “each of you honor” or “all of you honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	2	29	lk2b	figs-abstractnouns	ἐντίμους ἔχετε	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **honor**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **honor** with a verbal form of **honor** as the UST does, or in some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	30	ns1y	writing-pronouns	ὅτι διὰ τὸ ἔργον Χριστοῦ μέχρι θανάτου ἤγγισεν, παραβολευσάμενος τῇ ψυχῇ, ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας	1	he came near even to death	Here, the pronouns **he** and **him** refer to Epaphroditus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “since for the sake of the work of Christ, Epaphroditus came near even to death, risking his life so that he might make up your lack of service to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 PHP	2	30	vj8b	figs-possession	διὰ τὸ ἔργον Χριστοῦ	1	he came near even to death	In the phrase **the work of Christ**, Paul is using the possessive form to describe work that is done for Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this phrase in some other way. Alternate translation: “for the sake of working for Christ” or “as a result of working for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 PHP	2	30	nhja	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὸ ἔργον Χριστοῦ	1	he came near even to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **work**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **work** with a verbal form such as “working.” Alternate translation: “for the sake of working for Christ” or “as a result of working for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	30	ffly	figs-abstractnouns	μέχρι θανάτου ἤγγισεν	1	he came near even to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** with an adjective such as “dying” or with a verbal form such as **died**, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “he was close to dying” or “he came close to dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	30	kjti	figs-abstractnouns	παραβολευσάμενος τῇ ψυχῇ	1	he came near even to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you can express the idea behind the phrase **risking his life** in some other way. Alternate translation: “running the risk of dying” or “taking the risk that he would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	30	x4rl	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας	1	he came near even to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **service**, you can express the idea behind the word **service** by using a verb form such as “serve.” Alternate translation: “so that he might make up for your being unable to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	30	g98z	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας	1	he might make up your lack of service to me	The **lack of service** Paul speaks of here is the inability of the Philippian believers to be present with him in prison. By sending Epaphroditus to Paul, the Philippian believers ministered to Paul’s needs through Epaphroditus, and so Epaphroditus supplied what they could not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that he might supply what you could not give me” or “so that he might make up for what you could not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	intro	btx3			0		# Philippians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 4–8, Paul lists the ways he qualifies for being considered a righteous Jew. In every way, Paul was an exemplary Jew, but he contrasts this with the greatness of knowing Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dogs<br><br>The people of the ancient Near East used dogs as an image to refer to people in a negative way. Not all cultures use the term “dogs” in this way.<br><br>### Resurrected bodies<br><br>We know very little about what people will be like in heaven. Paul teaches here that Christians will have some kind of glorious body and will be free from sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prize<br><br>Paul uses an extended illustration to describe the Christian life. The goal of the Christian life is to grow to be like Christ while we live on earth. We can never achieve this goal perfectly, but we must strive for it.
 PHP	3	1	zu9l	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. See how you translated this word in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 PHP	3	1	ymm2	figs-yousingular	χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	rejoice in the Lord	The word **rejoice** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I exhort each of you to rejoice in the Lord” or “each of you rejoice in the Lord” or “all of you rejoice in the Lord” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular)
 PHP	3	1	b8y6		ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	rejoice in the Lord	Alternate translation: “in your relationship with the Lord” or “in who the Lord is and what he has done”
 PHP	3	1	qb78	figs-explicit	ὑμῖν δὲ ἀσφαλές	1	and is a safeguard for you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly how writing these things is a **safeguard** for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “and these teachings will protect you from those who teach what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	2	ttws	figs-yousingular	βλέπετε	-1		All three times that the phrase **Beware** occurs in this verse, it is a command or instruction given to all of the Philippian believers. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I exhort each of you to beware of” or “Each of you beware of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	3	2	ny6y		βλέπετε	-1	Beware	Alternate translation: “Watch out for” or “Look out for” or “Be on guard against”
 PHP	3	2	zin8		τοὺς κύνας & τοὺς κακοὺς ἐργάτας & τὴν κατατομήν	1	the dogs … the evil workers … the mutilation	The phrases **the dogs**, **the evil workers**, and **the mutilation** are three different ways of describing the same group of Jewish teachers who were corrupting the gospel. Paul uses strong expressions to convey his feelings about these Jewish teachers.
 PHP	3	2	yeax	translate-unknown	τοὺς κύνας	1	the dogs	Paul speaks of the Jewish teachers who were corrupting the gospel as though they were **dogs** in order to show strong contempt for them. A dog is an animal that is common in many parts of the world. Dogs are despised in some cultures but not despised in other cultures, so using the term **dogs** in some cultures may not have the same derogatory or negative meaning that Paul intended. If you have a different animal in your culture that is despised or whose name is used as an insult, you could use this animal instead, if it would fit well in this context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 PHP	3	2	n44a	figs-explicit	κακοὺς ἐργάτας	1		Here, the phrase **evil workers** refers to Jewish teachers who were teaching things that were contrary to the gospel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this phrase using plain language. Alternate translation: “false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	2	vc2u	translate-unknown	τὴν κατατομήν	1		The word **mutilation** is a sarcastic way of referring to circumcision, and the phrase **the mutilation** is a sarcastic way of referring to the people who taught that circumcision was necessary in order to be in right standing with God. By using the term **mutilation**, Paul is showing the Philippian believers that those who trust in circumcision, and not solely in Christ, mistakenly think that they can earn God’s favor by cutting their bodies. Consider the term that would best communicate this idea in your language, or you could state this using plain language. Alternate translation: “those who cut themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 PHP	3	2	x8r2	figs-metonymy	τὴν κατατομήν	1	the mutilation	Here, **the mutilation** refers to the Jewish teachers, all circumcised, who were corrupting the gospel by teaching that it was necessary to be circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	3	3	y8yt	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς γάρ ἐσμεν	1	For we are	Here Paul uses **we** to refer to himself and the Philippian believers and anyone else who believes in Christ, so **we** is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 PHP	3	3	xt5r	figs-metonymy	ἡ περιτομή	1	the circumcision	In contrast to its normal usage in the Bible, here Paul uses the term **the circumcision** as a metonym to refer to all true Christians. Normally, the term **the circumcision** was used to refer to Jewish males, all circumcised, but here Paul intentionally uses this term with a spiritual sense to refer to all Christians, both Jews and non-Jew. This would have been surprising to his readers. Paul’s use of **the circumcision** here refers to the inward, spiritual circumcision that the Holy Spirit performs in the hearts of all true Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this term using plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	3	3	wn2n		οἱ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ λατρεύοντες	1		Alternate translation: “the ones who are empowered by God’s Spirit to worship him” or “the ones who are enabled to worship God by his Spirit” or “the ones who worship God through his Spirit”
 PHP	3	3	k8ph	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες	1	having no confidence in the flesh	You can state explicitly that Paul did not have any **confidence** in the “works of” **the flesh**. Alternate translation: “having no confidence in the works of the flesh” or “not trusting that circumcision will please God” or “not trusting that being circumcized will earn God’s favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	3	nkrs		καυχώμενοι ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες	1		The phrase **boasting in Christ Jesus** and the phrase **and having no confidence in the flesh** are complementary ideas which express a similar truth. If people truly place their confidence in Christ as their only means of earning God’s favor, they will not put their confidence in themselves or religious acts. Conversely, if people put their confidence in religious rituals and observances, they cannot place their full confidence in Christ. Consider the best way to clearly express these coordinate ideas in your language.
 PHP	3	3	ox7y	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **confidence**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **confidence** with an adjective such as **trusting** or a verbal form such as **trust.** Alternate translation: “and we do not trust in our flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	4	upw5	figs-hypo	ἐγὼ ἔχων πεποίθησιν καὶ ἐν σαρκί. εἴ τις δοκεῖ ἄλλος πεποιθέναι ἐν σαρκί, ἐγὼ μᾶλλον	1	I myself, having confidence even in the flesh. If anyone else seems to have confidence in the flesh, I even more	Using a type of hypothetical situation, Paul recites his own credentials to illustrate that if observing the law could earn God’s favor, then he had more reason to boast than anyone else. His purpose is to teach the Philippian believers that they should only trust in Christ and not trust in other things to earn God’s favor. Paul explains in [3:7–11](../03/07.md) that his hope is in Christ and not in the things he lists in the next two verses. Alternate translation: “We do not trust in those rituals to make us acceptable to God, although I could very well do that if it would be useful for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 PHP	3	5	d5bq		περιτομῇ ὀκταήμερος ἐκ γένους Ἰσραήλ φυλῆς Βενιαμείν, Ἑβραῖος ἐξ Ἑβραίων, κατὰ νόμον Φαρισαῖος	1		In this verse and the next verse, Paul lists a total of seven things in which he put his confidence before he believed in Christ. In this verse he lists five of those things and in the next verse he lists the remaining two.
 PHP	3	5	yq98	figs-explicit	φυλῆς Βενιαμείν	1	circumcision	The phrase **of the tribe of Benjamin** means that Paul was from the Israelite tribe of Benjamin and therefore descended from Jacob’s son Benjamin. Consider the best way to say this in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	5	p4ik		Ἑβραῖος ἐξ Ἑβραίων	1	a Hebrew of Hebrews	The phrase **a Hebrew of Hebrews** could mean: (1) that Paul had retained Hebrew customs and spoke the language of the Hebrew people, which was Aramaic. (2) that Paul had no Gentile ancestors, but rather was a pure-blooded Hebrew. Alternate translation: “a Hebrew whose parents and ancestors are all full-blooded Jews” (3) a combination of both of the above. Alternate translation: “a full-blooded Jew who has retained the Hebrew culture, customs, and language”
 PHP	3	5	we4t		κατὰ νόμον Φαρισαῖος	1	according to the law, a Pharisee	The phrase **according to the law, a Pharisee** means that prior to his conversion Paul had been a Pharisee. He related to the law of Moses as a Pharisee and, therefore, strictly obeyed it as well as the many rules scribes had added to try to safeguard the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “in relation to the law of Moses, I was a Pharisee” or “in relation to how I observed the law of Moses, I was a Pharisee, and therefore, I strictly obeyed every detail of it including the teachings of the scribes”
 PHP	3	6	f81s		κατὰ ζῆλος διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος	1		In this verse Paul finishes naming the things in which he put his confidence before he believed in Christ.
 PHP	3	6	ksr3	figs-explicit	κατὰ ζῆλος διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	according to zeal, persecuting the church	Here, the phrase **persecuting the church** is explaining the extent of Paul’s **zeal**. Before Paul believed in Jesus, he thought that by **persecuting the church**, he was serving God and ensuring that the law of Moses was honored and obeyed. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning of the phrase **according to zeal, persecuting the church** plainly. Alternate translation: “having so much desire to serve God that I persecuted the church” or “wanting so much to honor God, I persecuted the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	6	n51b	grammar-collectivenouns	τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	persecuting the church	Here, **church** is a collective noun. The phrase **the church** refers to Christians as a whole and includes anyone belonging to the group of people who follow Jesus. What Paul means by saying that he had persecuted **the church** is that he formerly persecuted anyone who was a Christian. Alternate translation: “persecuting Christians” or “persecuting anyone who was a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 PHP	3	6	hln8	figs-explicit	κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος	1	according to righteousness that is under the law, having become blameless	The phrase **righteousness {that is} in the law** refers to obeying the righteous guidelines for living that the law of Moses required. Paul obeyed the law so carefully that he believed that no one could find any part of it that he disobeyed. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “As regards obeying the law of Moses, no one could say that I ever disobeyed the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	7	i2td	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν	1		This entire verse is Paul’s response to the seven things he listed in [3:5–6](../03/05.md), which he once considered to be spiritually and religiously profitable to himself. In this verse Paul contrasts his former way of viewing things when he was a Pharisee with his new way of viewing things now that he believes in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 PHP	3	7	lb8f	figs-metaphor	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν	1	a profit … loss	In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the words **gains** and **loss** were common business terms used for accounting to describe things a business person determined to be either profitable or unprofitable. Here, Paul is using these two terms metaphorically to portray the things he considers spiritually profitable and unprofitable. If your language has similar business or accounting terms that would be natural to use in this context, consider using them here. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly counted as gains, these things I now count as loss for the sake of Christ” or “Whatever things I formerly accounted as gains, these things I now account as loss for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	3	7	n4lg	figs-explicit	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη	1	Whatever was a profit for me	Here, the phrase **Whatever things were gains for me** refers specifically to the list of seven things that Paul has just listed in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) and to anything else in which he would have put confidence before he believed in Christ. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly considered profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	7	nwdi	figs-abstractnouns	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **gains**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **gains** by using an adjective such as **profitable**, or you can express it in some other way. Alternate translation: “Whatever things were profitable for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	7	yxtx	figs-abstractnouns	ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **loss**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **loss** by using a verbal phrase such as “worth losing”. Alternate translation: “I consider these things worth losing for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	8	e1fp	figs-metaphor	ἀλλὰ μενοῦνγε καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν εἶναι, διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου, δι’ ὃν τὰ πάντα ἐζημιώθην καὶ ἡγοῦμαι σκύβαλα, ἵνα Χριστὸν κερδήσω	1	I consider even all things to be loss	In this verse Paul continues the business metaphor which he began in [3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	3	8	epts		ἡγοῦμαι	1		See how you translated the word **consider** in [3:7](../03/07.md).
 PHP	3	8	wugj	figs-abstractnouns	ζημίαν	1		See how you translated the abstract noun **loss** in [3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “worth losing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	8	iji5	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν εἶναι, διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **value**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **value** with an adjective such as “valuable.” Alternate translation: “I consider everything worth losing for the sake of what is most valuable, namely, knowing Christ Jesus my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	8	dxql	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** with a verbal form such as “knowing.” Alternate translation: “because of the surpassing value of knowing Christ Jesus my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	8	cv55		διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου	1	because of the surpassing value of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord	Alternate translation: “because knowing Christ Jesus my Lord is worth so much more”
 PHP	3	8	g1hy	figs-explicit	τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου	1		Here, the word **knowledge** does not refer to simply being mentally aware of something or someone, but rather, it refers to having a deep, intimate, personal knowledge or experience of someone or something. Here, it refers to having an intimate and personal knowledge or experience of Christ. Consider the best way to express this meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “of intimately knowing Christ Jesus my Lord” or “of deeply knowing and experiencing Christ Jesus my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	8	dh2d	figs-abstractnouns	δι’ ὃν τὰ πάντα ἐζημιώθην	1		See how you translated the abstract noun **loss** earlier in this verse and in [3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “for whom I have willingly lost all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	8	cez0		ἡγοῦμαι	2		See how you translated the word **consider** earlier in this verse and in [3:7](../03/07.md).
 PHP	3	8	ovd9	translate-unknown	σκύβαλα	1		During Paul’s time the word **dung** was used to refer to excrement and things which were considered worthless and worthy of being thrown out. In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the term **dung** was a crude term that referred to things that were discarded as garbage, including dung, and the specific meaning was determined by context. Here, this word could be referring to: (1) excrement, since in the preceding verses Paul has been discussing what comes from the flesh. Alternate translation: “excrement” or “crap” (2) garbage, since Paul is discussing what he now considers worth throwing away in order to gain and know Christ. Alternate translation: “garbage” or “refuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 PHP	3	8	vgf5		κερδήσω	1		See how you translated the word **gains** in [3:7](../03/07.md).
 PHP	3	8	h3kq	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα Χριστὸν κερδήσω	1		The phrase **so that** is a purpose clause. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of gaining Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 PHP	3	9	iy4k	figs-activepassive	καὶ εὑρεθῶ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	be found in him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the passive verbal phrase **be found** with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “and God might find me belonging to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	3	9	ubvr	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ ἔχων ἐμὴν δικαιοσύνην, τὴν ἐκ νόμου	1	be found in him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in some other way. Alternate translation: “not being able to please God by keeping the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	9	w62g	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλλὰ τὴν διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ	1	be found in him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the idea behind **faith** by using a verbal form. Alternate translation: “but that which comes by believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	9	g9a9	figs-explicit	ἀλλὰ τὴν διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ	1	not having my own righteousness that is from the law	Here, the word **that** refers to “righteousness.” Paul assumes his readers will know this from the context. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the righteousness which is through faith in Christ” or “but the righteousness which comes by faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	9	pbgf	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ τῇ πίστε	1	be found in him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in some other way. See how you translated **righteousness** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “being pleasing to God by believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	9	jmqf	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ τῇ πίστε	1	be found in him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the idea behind **faith** by using a verbal form. See how you translated **faith** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “but the righteousness from God, which comes by believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	9	dely	figs-ellipsis	ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει	1		In the phrase **by faith**, Paul is leaving out some words that would be needed to complete the sentence in many languages. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “which comes by faith” or “which is received through faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	3	10	ot4a	writing-pronouns	τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτὸν, καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ, συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ	1		All occurrences of the pronouns **him** and **his** in this verse refer to Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to know Christ and the power of his resurrection and the fellowship of his sufferings, being conformed to his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 PHP	3	10	vj4s	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	the power of his resurrection	The first occurrence of the word **and** indicates that what follows is the Paul’s explanation of how specifically he wants to know Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 PHP	3	10	tam1		τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτὸν, καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ	1		In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, he closely connects the phrase **the power of his resurrection** and the phrase **the fellowship of his sufferings**. He does this because in Paul’s mind these two things are inseparably linked, and a person cannot know the power of Christ’s resurrection without first sharing in Christ’s suffering. Consider the best way to show the close connection between these two phrases in your language.
 PHP	3	10	ngz6		τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτὸν	1		See how you translated the word “knowledge” in [3:8](../03/08.md). Here, the word **know** does not refer to simply being mentally aware of something or someone, but rather, it refers to having a deep, intimate, personal knowledge or experience of something or someone. Here, it refers to having an intimate and personal knowledge or experience of Christ. Consider the best way to express this meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “to intimately know Christ” or “to deeply know and experience him”
 PHP	3	10	fpij	figs-abstractnouns	δύναμιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the idea behind **power** by using an adverb such as “powerfully,” as modeled in UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	10	vqb6	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract noun for the idea of **fellowship**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verbal form such as “participate” or “sharing.” Alternate translation: “and to participate in his sufferings” or “and the sharing of his sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	10	qm5n	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of suffering, you can express the idea behind the word **sufferings** by using a verbal form such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “and to suffer with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	10	r3gz	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	2		Here, the word **and** indicates that what follows is the second aspect of knowing Christ, which Paul introduces in explanation of how specifically he wants to know Christ. Alternate translation: “and to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 PHP	3	10	xw42	figs-activepassive	συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ	1	being conformed to his death	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the phrase **being conformed to** with an active form. Alternate translation: “taking on the likeness of his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	3	10	ps0j	figs-abstractnouns	συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ	1	being conformed to his death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verbal form such as “die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	11	l4rm		τὴν ἐξανάστασιν τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	if somehow I might attain to the resurrection that is from the dead	Alternate translation: “the resurrection from the dead”
 PHP	3	12	xk5q	figs-extrainfo	οὐχ ὅτι ἤδη ἔλαβον	1	Connecting Statement:	The word **{it}** in the phrase **Not that I already received {it}** could be referring to: (1) spiritual perfection and completion. This phrase would then mean that Paul is saying that he is not yet spiritually perfect or complete. Alternate translation: “Not that I have already attained spiritual perfection” or “Not that I am already spiritually complete” or “Not that God’s work in me is already complete” or “Not that God’s work in me is already perfected” (2) that Paul has not yet reached the goals he has for himself and so has not received his reward. Alternate translation: “Not that I have yet reached my goals and received my reward from God” (3) Paul has not yet finished the work God gave him to do with his life, and then died and received his reward from God. Alternate translation: “Not that I have finished my work and received my reward from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	3	12	ms3v	figs-activepassive	ἢ ἤδη τετελείωμαι	1	I already received it	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the phrase **been made perfect** with an active form. Alternate translation: “or think that God has already made me perfect” or “or think that God has already completed his work in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	3	12	h8p7	figs-extrainfo	ἤδη τετελείωμαι	1	or have already been made perfect	In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the word **perfect** means that someone or something has reached full completion and therefore reached its intended purpose or goal. It can also refer to someone reaching full maturity and is used in the New Testament of Christians reaching completeness of Christ-like character. Alternate translation: “been brought to completion” or “have already been made complete” or “have already reached full maturity” or “have already reached full Christ-likeness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	3	12	k9ar	figs-activepassive	ἤδη τετελείωμαι	1	or have already been made perfect	If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **been made perfect** with an active form. Alternate translation: “that God has already perfected me” or “that God has already perfected his work in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	3	12	m52v	figs-activepassive	καταλάβω, ἐφ’ ᾧ καὶ κατελήμφθην ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	I might grasp that for which I was also grasped by Christ Jesus	If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **I was also grasped by Christ Jesus** with an active form. Alternate translation: “I might grasp the things for which Christ Jesus grasped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	3	13	tzg8		ἀδελφοί	1	Brothers	See how you translated the word **Brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md) and [3:1](../03/01.md).
 PHP	3	13	kqk7	figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ ἐμαυτὸν οὐ λογίζομαι κατειληφέναι	1	I do not consider myself to have grasped it	Paul does not explicitly state what **{it}** is that he has not yet **grasped**. He is probably referring to becoming perfectly like Jesus and to fully knowing Jesus. You may choose to state this in your translation, as the UST does, or you may leave it ambiguous, as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	3	13	hjs9	figs-ellipsis	ἓν δέ	1	forgetting what is behind and straining for what is ahead	In the phrase **But one thing**, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But take note of this one thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	3	13	ia2b	figs-metaphor	τὰ μὲν ὀπίσω ἐπιλανθανόμενος, τοῖς δὲ ἔμπροσθεν ἐπεκτεινόμενος	1	forgetting what is behind and straining for what is ahead	In the phrase **forgetting {what is} behind and straining for {what is} ahead**, Paul is using the imagery of a person who is in a race to win a prize. Paul portrays himself as a runner in this metaphor, and he continues using this metaphor until the end of [Philippians 3:14](../03/14.md). If this metaphor is unfamiliar in your culture, consider using another metaphor that would be familiar to your readers, or you may state this in plain language, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “like a runner, I forget what is behind me and put all of my effort into running toward the finish line in front of me” or “like a runner, I have one focus, and therefore I do not look backward as I run, but only look forward as I strain with all my might so that I will reach the finish line” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	3	14	z39s	figs-metaphor	κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον	1	I press on toward the goal to the prize of the upward calling of God in Christ Jesus	In this verse Paul continues using the metaphor of a runner who is competing in a foot race in order to win a prize. In this verse Paul says that his **goal**, which he works hard for, is to win the **prize** which God promises to give every person who obediently follows Christ. If this metaphor would be unfamiliar in your culture, consider using another metaphor, or use plain language to translate the idea behind this metaphor. Alternate translation: “I do all I can to pursue the goal of winning the prize of God’s upward call in Christ Jesus” or “I work hard so that I can reach my goal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	3	14	jhtv		σκοπὸν & εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	I press on toward the goal to the prize of the upward calling of God in Christ Jesus	The phrases **the goal** and **the prize** could be related to each other in one of two ways. They could: (1) be focusing on the same basic idea. Alternate translation: “the goal, which is to be given the prize of God’s upward call” or “my goal, which is to receive the prize of God’s upward call” (2) be focusing on different things, in which case **the goal** is referring to the goal of Paul’s life, while **the prize** is referring to what Paul hopes to receive once he has successfully achieved his goal. Alternate translation: “the goal and toward being given the prize of God’s upward call” or “the goal and toward receiving the prize of God’s upward call”
 PHP	3	14	lmr6	figs-extrainfo	τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of the upward calling	The phrase **the prize of the upward calling of God** could mean: (1) that **the prize** is **the upward calling of God**. Alternate translation: “receive the prize of God’s upward call” or “receive the prize of God’s heavenward invitation” (2) that the **upward calling of God** is a call to come and receive God’s **prize**. Alternate translation: “answer God’s upward call to receive his prize” or “answer God’s invitation to receive his prize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	3	14	cq3f	figs-extrainfo	τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of the upward calling	The word **upward** probably refers to both the origin of God’s call and to the direction of God’s call. In other words, the phrase **the upward calling of God** probably refers both to the fact that the **calling** is from God and that the calling is also a heavenly calling to move towards God. Alternate translation: “God’s heavenward call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	3	14	agwg	figs-explicit	κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	of the upward calling	The phrase **in Christ Jesus** could be: (1) modifying the phrase **the upward calling of God**. (2) modifying the phrase **I press on**. Alternate translation: “I press on in Christ Jesus toward the goal for the prize of the upward calling of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	14	d75h	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	of the upward calling	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **goal**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **goal** in another way. Alternate translation: “I make it my main focus to win the prize of God’s upward calling in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	15	de4y	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1	as many as are perfect should think this way	The word **Therefore** indicates that Paul is transitioning from teaching the Philippians by using his personal experience ([Philippians 3:4–14](../03/04.md)) to exhorting them ([Philippians 3:15–17](../03/15.md)). Use the form that would best express this meaning in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 PHP	3	15	ki7f	figs-ellipsis	ὅσοι	1	God will also reveal that to you	The phrase **as many as** is missing some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as many of you as” or “all of you who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	3	15	pb9p		ὅσοι & τέλειοι	1	God will also reveal that to you	Here, the word **perfect** does not mean “without sin,” but rather it means “spiritually mature.” Alternate translation: “as many as are spiritually mature”
 PHP	3	15	yy22		καὶ τοῦτο ὁ Θεὸς ὑμῖν ἀποκαλύψει	1	God will also reveal that to you	Alternate translation: “God will also make it clear to you” or “God will make sure you know it”
 PHP	3	16	pxn9	figs-exclusive	εἰς ὃ ἐφθάσαμεν, τῷ αὐτῷ στοιχεῖν	1	in what we have attained, we should live in it	When Paul says **we** in this verse, he is speaking of himself and the Philippian Christians, so **we** is inclusive here. Your language may require you to mark these two uses of **we** as inclusive forms. Alternate translation: “let us all continue obeying the same truths we have already received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 PHP	3	16	p3pm		εἰς ὃ ἐφθάσαμεν, τῷ αὐτῷ στοιχεῖν	1	in what we have attained, we should live in it	Alternate translation: “in the things that we have attained so far, we should live in them” or “in the things that we have believed so far, we should obey them” or “in the things that we have believed so far, we should act on them”
 PHP	3	17	jed4		συνμιμηταί μου γίνεσθε	1	Become imitators of me	Alternate translation: “Do what I do” or “Live as I live”
 PHP	3	17	yvor	figs-yousingular	γίνεσθε	1	Become imitators of me	The word **Become** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I exhort each of you to become” or “Each of you become” or “I command each of you to become” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular)
 PHP	3	17	uxc5		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
 PHP	3	17	mo8a	figs-yousingular	σκοπεῖτε	1	those who are thus walking, just as you have us as an example	The phrase **watch closely** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I exhort each of you to watch closely” or “each of you watch closely” or “I urge each of you to watch closely” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular)
 PHP	3	17	h4tv		τοὺς οὕτω περιπατοῦντας, καθὼς ἔχετε τύπον ἡμᾶς	1	those who are thus walking, just as you have us as an example	Alternate translation: “those people who are already living just as I live and follow our example” or “those people who are already doing what I do and imitating us”
 PHP	3	18	ab61	figs-metonymy	πολλοὶ γὰρ περιπατοῦσιν	1	many walk … as enemies of the cross of Christ	Here, the word **walk** is a Jewish figure of speech meaning to “live” or to “conduct one’s life.” In Jewish culture a person’s behavior was spoken of as if that person was walking along a path. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this in plain language. Alternate translation: “For many live” or “For many people conduct their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	3	18	zwp3	figs-ellipsis	πολλοὶ γὰρ	1	I have often told you	The phrase **For many** leaves out a word that would be needed in some languages to be completely clear. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply the missing word from the context. Alternate translation: “For many people walk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	3	18	h6pc		νῦν δὲ καὶ κλαίων	1	weeping, I say	Alternate translation: “but now telling you with great sadness”
 PHP	3	18	n8q2	figs-metonymy	τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	as enemies of the cross of Christ	Paul is describing the good news of Jesus’ death and resurrection and the work of sharing this good news by associating these things with **the cross of Christ**. Here, the phrase **the cross of Christ** is synonymous with the gospel message and the work of spreading the gospel message. The phrase **enemies of the cross of Christ** refers to the people who are opposed to the message of the gospel and who oppose the people who share the gospel with others. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this with plain language. Alternate translation: “as enemies of the good news about Jesus” or “as enemies of the message about Jesus and enemies of those who proclaim it” or “as enemies of the message about Jesus and enemies of those who share it with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	3	19	v8gv	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια	1	whose end is destruction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **end**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **end** in another way. Alternate translation: “whom God will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	19	vcap	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια	1	whose end is destruction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** by using a verb such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “whom God will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	19	hn9i	figs-synecdoche	ὧν ὁ Θεὸς ἡ κοιλία	1	whose god is their belly	Here Paul uses **belly** to represent all physical desires for pleasure. By Paul calling their **belly** their **god**, he means that these people love and serve their physical desire for pleasure rather than loving and serving God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “who serve their desire for food and other pleasures rather than serve God” or “who obey their physical appetites instead of obeying God” or “who love pleasure more than they love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 PHP	3	19	u9cl	figs-metonymy	ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν	1	their glory is in their shame	Here, **shame** stands for the actions that people should be ashamed of but are not. Alternate translation: “they are proud of the things that should cause them shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	3	19	exy0	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν	1	their glory is in their shame	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** by using an adjective such as “proud.” Alternate translation: “who take pride in what should bring them shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	19	r3t0	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν	1	their glory is in their shame	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **shame**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **shame** by using an adjective such as “ashamed.” Alternate translation: “ who take pride in what should cause them to be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	19	sv5z	figs-metonymy	οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες	1	who are thinking about earthly things	Here, **earthly** refers to all the things that pertain to everyday living on earth. Alternate translation: “who only think about the things here on this earth” or “who only think about the things of this life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	3	19	n8e3	figs-explicit	οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες	1	who are thinking about earthly things	The implied contrast that Paul is making here is between earthly things and spiritual things. Alternate translation: “who think about is earthly things instead of the things of God” or “who only think about earthly things instead of the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	20	q1cc	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν & ἀπεκδεχόμεθα	1		Here when Paul uses **our** and **we**, he is referring to himself and the believers in Philippi, so **our** and **we** are inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 PHP	3	20	u8yr	figs-abstractnouns	πολίτευμα	1	our citizenship exists in heaven	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **citizenship**, you can express the idea behind **citizenship** with a concrete noun such as “citizen.” Alternate translation: “status as citizens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	21	r3zw	writing-pronouns	σώματι τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	our citizenship exists in heaven	Here, the pronoun **his** refers to Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ’s glorious body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 PHP	3	21	deci	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ δύνασθαι αὐτὸν	1	our citizenship exists in heaven	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** in some other way. Alternate translation: “of his might and ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	1	oax3	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὥστε	1	brothers	Here Paul uses the word **Therefore** as a transition word to introduce the exhortations to the Philippian Christians which he is about to give and which are based on the things that he has said before this verse. Consider the best word or phrase to use in your language to show this meaning. Alternate translation: “So then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 PHP	4	1	ngs7	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 PHP	4	1	fe2y		ἀγαπητοὶ καὶ ἐπιπόθητοι	1	my brothers, beloved and longed for	Alternate translation: “whom I love and greatly desire to see”
 PHP	4	1	wx5w	figs-abstractnouns	χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου	1	my joy and crown	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** by using a verbal form such as “rejoice” or by using an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “who cause me to be very happy and are my crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	1	lg9a	figs-extrainfo	χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου	1	my joy and crown	The phrase **my joy and crown** could refer to: (1) Paul’s current feelings of joy regarding the Philippian Christians and his future hope of being rewarded for his labor among them. Alternate translation: “my source of joy and my future hope of being rewarded when Christ returns” (2) Paul’s joy and reward in the future when Christ returns. Alternate translation: “my hope for joy and reward when Christ returns” (3) Paul’s present joy in the Philippian believers and his present feeling that they are his reward for his work among them. Alternate translation: “my joy and reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	4	1	kvsk	figs-metaphor	στέφανός	1	my joy and crown	Paul speaks of the Philippian Christians as if they were his **crown**. At the time Paul wrote this letter, a **crown** was made of leaves and was worn by a person on their head as a sign of their achievement after they had won an important victory. Here, the word **crown** means that the Philippian Christians brought great honor to Paul before God and were a sign of his hard work among them. If your readers would not understand the meaning of this metaphor, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “my reward” or “my honor” or “the sign of my hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	1	t07j		οὕτως στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἀγαπητοί	1	in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved	Alternate translation: “so continue living for the Lord in the way that I have taught you, dear friends”
 PHP	4	1	dz44		οὕτως στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἀγαπητοί	1	in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved	The phrase **in this way** could refer to: (1) what comes before it, in which case this phrase would mean, “in the way that I have just explained to you” Alternate translation: “stand firm in the Lord in the way that I have just explained to you, beloved” (2) what Paul commands the Philippian Christians to do in [Philippians 4:2–9](../04/02.md). Alternate translation: “stand firm in the Lord, beloved, in this way”
 PHP	4	1	zu0i	figs-yousingular	στήκετε	1	in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved	The phrase **stand firm** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	4	1	j6fp	figs-metaphor	στήκετε	1	in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved	Here the phrase **stand firm** is used to refer to the imagery of a soldier remaining in place, not moved by the enemy. Here, Paul gives this metaphor a spiritual meaning to exhort the Philippian Christians to not change their minds but continue believing what they have already believed. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using another metaphor that would make sense in your culture, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “remain unmoved in your belief in Christ” or “remain firm in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	1	i8ad		οὕτως στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved	Alternate translation: “stand firm in your union and relationship with the Lord” or “stand firm in your union and communion with the Lord”
 PHP	4	2	x5qf	translate-names	Εὐοδίαν & Συντύχην	1	I urge Euodia, and I urge Syntyche	**Euodia** and **Syntyche** are the names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 PHP	4	3	yb3f	figs-yousingular	σέ	1	I also ask you	Here, **you** refers to the **true companion** and is singular. This is the only occurrence of the word **you** in Philippians that is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	4	3	hdz7		γνήσιε σύνζυγε	1	true companion	The phrase **true companion** refers to a person with whom the Philippian believers were familiar at that time but whose identity is no longer known. Alternate translation: “my faithful helper in the work of the gospel”
 PHP	4	3	wkp7	figs-ellipsis	αἵτινες ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ συνήθλησάν μοι	1	with also Clement	In the phrase **the gospel**, Paul is leaving out some of the words that would be needed in many languages for the sentence to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “who have labored with me in the work of spreading the gospel” or “who have labored with me in the work of telling people the gospel” or “who have labored with me in the work of sharing the gospel with people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	4	3	lb79	figs-metonymy	τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ	1	with also Clement	Here Paul is using the phrase **the gospel** to refer specifically to the work of telling other people about Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express plainly the idea behind this term. Alternate translation: “the work of spreading the gospel” or “the work of telling people the gospel” or “the work of sharing the gospel with people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	4	3	gfq5		τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ	1	with also Clement	See how you translated the phrase **the gospel** in [Philippians 1:5](../01/05.md).
 PHP	4	3	cm3u	translate-names	Κλήμεντος	1	with also Clement	**Clement** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 PHP	4	3	s9h9		ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς	1	whose names are in the Book of Life	Alternate translation: “whose names God has written in the Book of Life”
 PHP	4	4	elt7		χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	Rejoice in the Lord	See how you translated the phrase **Rejoice in the Lord** in [Philippians 3:1](../03/01.md).
 PHP	4	4	sbdp	figs-yousingular	χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ πάντοτε, πάλιν ἐρῶ, χαίρετε!	1		Both occurrences of the word **Rejoice** are commands or instructions to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I urge you all to rejoice in the Lord at all times. Again I will say it, I urge each of you to rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	4	5	hopf	figs-yousingular	τὸ ἐπιεικὲς ὑμῶν γνωσθήτω	1	The Lord is near	The phrase **Let your gentleness be known** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	4	5	mo7g	figs-gendernotations	πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις	1	The Lord is near	Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a general sense to mean all people in general, including women. Alternate translation: “to all people” or “to everyone.” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations)
 PHP	4	5	snk5		ὁ Κύριος ἐγγύς	1	The Lord is near	The phrase **The Lord {is} near** could mean: (1) that the day that Jesus will return is coming soon. Alternate translation: “The Lord will return soon” or “The Lord is coming is near” or “The second coming of the Lord is near” (2) the Lord was near to the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: “The Lord is near to you”
 PHP	4	6	w5gk	figs-yousingular	μηδὲν μεριμνᾶτε	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	**Be anxious about nothing** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	4	6	h63g	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	Here, the word **but** shows a contrast between the phrase **Be anxious** and the phrase **by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God**. Consider the best way to show this contrast in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 PHP	4	6	mcvt	figs-extrainfo	ἐν παντὶ	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	The phrase **in everything** could refer to: (1) all situations. Alternate translation: “in all situations” or “in all circumstances.” (2) time. Alternate translation: “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	4	6	ahul	figs-doublet	τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	The words **prayer** and **petition** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used both for emphasis and comprehensiveness. Petition is a type of prayer in which a person asks God for things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these two words. Alternate translation: “by prayer” or “in prayer”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	4	6	stab	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** with a verb such as “praying” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “by praying and making a petition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	6	pqyr	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **petition**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **petition** by using a verbal form such as “petitioning” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “by praying and petitioning God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	6	izqi	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ εὐχαριστίας	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **thanksgiving**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **thanksgiving** with a verb such as “thank” or in a verbal phrase such as “giving thanks.” Alternate translation: “and giving thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	6	f4t5	figs-yousingular	τὰ αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωριζέσθω	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	The phrase **let your requests be known** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	4	6	a443	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωριζέσθω πρὸς τὸν Θεό	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **requests**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **requests** in some other way. Alternate translation: “tell God your needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	7	jgba	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	the peace of God	Here, the word **and** shows that what follows is the result of practicing what comes before **and** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	4	7	u1sz	figs-extrainfo	ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the peace of God	The phrase **the peace of God** refers to the peace which God gives. Alternate translation: “the peace that God gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	4	7	gejd	figs-abstractnouns	Θεοῦ ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν	1	the peace of God	If your readers not understand the abstract noun **peace**, you could express the meaning with an adjectival phrase such as “at peace” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “then God will help you be confident in God, even if you don’t understand everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	7	zr4x		ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν	1	which surpasses all understanding	The phrase **which surpasses all understanding** could mean: (1) that the peace God gives is so great that human minds are not able to understand it. Alternate translation: “which is greater than we can understand” (2) that the peace that God gives is superior to anything that humans can contrive through their own efforts. Alternate translation: “which humans cannot accomplish or attain by their own efforts”
 PHP	4	7	sauc	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν	1	which surpasses all understanding	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **understanding**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **understanding** by using a verbal form such as “understand.” Alternate translation: “which is greater than we can understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	7	sb6s	figs-metaphor	φρουρήσει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν	1	will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ	The word **guard** is a military term which refers to a soldier guarding a city or a fortress in order to protect it from enemy attacks. Here Paul presents God’s peace as if it were a soldier who protects **hearts** and **minds** from worrying, and so this phrase literally means “will be like a soldier and guard your hearts and minds” or “will be like a soldier standing guard to protect your hearts and minds.” If your readers would not understand this metaphor in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will keep your hearts and minds safe from attacks of worry and fear” or “will keep your hearts and minds safe” or “will protect your hearts and minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	7	tsz6		ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ	See how you translated the phrase **in Christ Jesus** in [Philippians 1:1](../01/01.md).
 PHP	4	8	b8ig		τὸ λοιπόν	1	As to the rest	Here, as Paul comes near to the end of his letter, he gives some final instructions for how believers should live. Alternate translation: “Regarding what remains to be said” or “As to what remains for me to say”
 PHP	4	8	fxn5	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 PHP	4	8	ntej	figs-ellipsis	ὅσα ἐστὶν ἀληθῆ, ὅσα σεμνά, ὅσα δίκαια, ὅσα ἁγνά, ὅσα προσφιλῆ, ὅσα εὔφημα	1	as many as lovely	Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that would be needed in many languages in order for these phrases to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as many things as are true, as many things as are honorable, as many things as are just, as many things as are pure, as many things as are lovely, as many things as are reputable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	4	8	r275		ὅσα προσφιλῆ	1	as many as lovely	Alternate translation: “whatever things are pleasing”
 PHP	4	8	pv1i		ὅσα εὔφημα	1	as many as reputable	Alternate translation: “whatever things people admire” or “whatever things people respect”
 PHP	4	8	i5gl		εἴ τις ἀρετὴ	1	if anything is virtuous	Alternate translation: “if anything is morally good”
 PHP	4	8	e9eb		εἴ τις ἔπαινος	1	if anything is praiseworthy	Alternate translation: “if anything is worth praising”
 PHP	4	8	ec9q	figs-yousingular	λογίζεσθε	1	if anything is praiseworthy	The phrase **think about** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	4	9	m145		ἃ καὶ ἐμάθετε καὶ παρελάβετε, καὶ ἠκούσατε καὶ εἴδετε, ἐν ἐμοί	1	And what you learned and received and heard and saw in me	Alternate translation: “And everything that I have taught and shown you”
 PHP	4	9	qu8z	figs-doublet	ἃ καὶ ἐμάθετε καὶ παρελάβετε	1	And what you learned and received and heard and saw in me	Here, the words **learned** and **received** mean basically the same thing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them into one idea. Alternate translation: “And what you learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	4	9	zei1		ταῦτα πράσσετε	1	And what you learned and received and heard and saw in me	Alternate translation: “put these things into practice”
 PHP	4	9	i8ki	figs-yousingular	πράσσετε	1	And what you learned and received and heard and saw in me	The word **do** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	4	9	mhvb	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	5	And what you learned and received and heard and saw in me	Here, the word **and** shows that what follows it is the result of practicing what comes before it. Consider the best way to show this relationship in your language. Alternate translation: “and then” or “and the result will be that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	4	9	y8xg		ὁ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης	1	And what you learned and received and heard and saw in me	The phrase **the God of peace** could mean: (1) that God is the giver of peace. Alternate translation: “the God who gives peace” or “God, who gives peace,” (2) that God is characterized by peace. Alternate translation: “the God who is characterized by peace” or “our God who is characterized by peace” (3) God, the source of peace and the giver of peace. Alternate translation: “God, who is both the source of peace and the giver of peace,”
 PHP	4	9	poeh	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ ὁ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης ἔσται μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	And what you learned and received and heard and saw in me	If your readers would better understand it, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** with an adjective such as “peaceful” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “the God who gives us a peaceful spirit will be with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	10	pwh9		ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	Connecting Statement:	See how you translated the phrase **in the Lord** in [Philippians 3:12](../03/12.md).
 PHP	4	10	xb0n		ὅτι ἤδη ποτὲ ἀνεθάλετε τὸ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ φρονεῖν	1	Connecting Statement:	Alternate translation: “because now at last you revived your concern for me”
 PHP	4	10	ge1l		ἐφ’ ᾧ καὶ ἐφρονεῖτε	1	Connecting Statement:	Alternate translation: “for whom you were certainly worried”
 PHP	4	10	nm86	figs-ellipsis	ἠκαιρεῖσθε δέ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but you did not have a way to demonstrate it” or “but it was not possible for you to show it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	4	11	ew5e		οὐχ ὅτι καθ’ ὑστέρησιν λέγω	1	in whatever I am	Alternate translation: “I do not say this because of need”
 PHP	4	11	ts2k		αὐτάρκης εἶναι	1	to be content	Alternate translation: “to be satisfied” or “to be happy”
 PHP	4	11	uj5z	figs-ellipsis	ἐν οἷς εἰμι	1	to be content	Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “in whatever situation I am in” or “in whatever circumstances I am in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	4	12	lgp9	figs-explicit	οἶδα καὶ	1	I know both how to be brought low and I know how to abound	Here, the phrase **I know** means “I know from experience” and refers to what Paul knew from his experience. If it would help your readers, consider clarifying this in your translation in some way. Alternate translation: “I have learned both how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	4	12	ydod		οἶδα καὶ ταπεινοῦσθαι, οἶδα καὶ περισσεύειν & καὶ περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι	1	I know both how to be brought low and I know how to abound	The sentence at the beginning of this verse, **I know both {how} to be brought low and I know {how} to abound** is very similar in meaning to the phrase **and to abounding and to being in need** at the end of this verse. You can combine the beginning sentence and the closing phrase, as modeled by the UST, if you think it will help your readers.
 PHP	4	12	usbe	figs-merism	οἶδα καὶ ταπεινοῦσθαι, οἶδα καὶ περισσεύειν	1	I know both how to be brought low and I know how to abound	Here, the phrases **to be brought low** and **to abound** refer to two opposite extremes of living and to every living condition between them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I know both how to live with very little and how to live with more than I need” or “I know how to live with very little and I know how to live with plenty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 PHP	4	12	lpld	figs-activepassive	ταπεινοῦσθαι	1	I know both how to be brought low and I know how to abound	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the passive phrase **to be brought low** with an active form. Alternate translation: “to live with less” or “to live without things I need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	4	12	aswc	figs-idiom	ταπεινοῦσθαι	1	I know both how to be brought low and I know how to abound	Here the phrase **to be brought low** is a figurative way of saying “to live with very little.” If it would help your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to live with very little” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	4	12	xrp3	figs-explicit	χορτάζεσθαι καὶ πεινᾶν	1	to be filled and to be hungry	Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be understandable. If it would help your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to be full of food and to be hungry” or “to be content when I have plenty of food to eat and to be content when I am hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	4	12	iqtr	figs-merism	χορτάζεσθαι καὶ πεινᾶν	1	to be filled and to be hungry	Here the phrases **to be filled** and **to be hungry** refer to two opposite extremes and to everything in between them. If it would help your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to be hungry and to be filled and to everything in between” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 PHP	4	12	ufv4	figs-ellipsis	περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι	1	to abound and to be in need	Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be understandable. If it would help your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to have an abundance of things I need and to live contentedly when I do not have certain things I need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	4	12	fwes	figs-merism	περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι	1	to abound and to be in need	Here, the phrases **to abound** and **to be in need** refer to two opposite extremes and to everything in between them. If it would help your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to abound and to be in need and to everything in between” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 PHP	4	13	z1pb	writing-pronouns	πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με	1	I can do all things in him who strengthens me	Here, **the one** refers to Christ. Alternate translation: “I can do all things because Christ gives me strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 PHP	4	13	fpo4	figs-explicit	πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με	1	I can do all things in him who strengthens me	Here, **all things** refers to all situations. The phrase **I can do all things** means “I can handle all situations.” Alternate translation: “I can deal with anything through him who strengthens me” or “I am able to act properly in every situation because Jesus makes me strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	4	14	fe2z	figs-explicit	συνκοινωνήσαντές μου τῇ θλίψει	1	in my affliction	The phrase **having shared together in my affliction** means that the Philippian believers helped Paul while he was experiencing difficulties by giving him money and sending Epaphroditus to him. If it would help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by helping me in my affliction through your gift of money and sending Epaphroditus to me” or “by helping me when I faced difficult circumstances by sending Epaphroditus to encourage me and bring me your gift of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	4	14	ulzo	figs-abstractnouns	μου τῇ θλίψει	1	in my affliction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **affliction** with an adjective such as **difficult** or in some other way. Alternate translation: “when I was suffering” or “when I was mistreated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	14	tlur		μου τῇ θλίψει	1	in my affliction	Alternate translation: “in my trials” or “in my troubles” or “in my difficulties”
 PHP	4	15	w23w	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	the beginning of the gospel	Here, **in the beginning of the gospel** refers to when Paul first began communicating the gospel message to the Philippians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly the idea behind this phrase. Alternate translation: “when you first heard me preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	4	15	npph		τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	the beginning of the gospel	See how you translated the phrase **the gospel** in [Philippians 1:5](../01/05.md) and [4:3](../04/03.md).
 PHP	4	15	dyf8	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδεμία μοι ἐκκλησία ἐκοινώνησεν εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ λήμψεως, εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς μόνοι	1	no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone	You can state **no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone** in the positive. Alternate translation: “you were the only church that shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 PHP	4	15	bpc2	figs-explicit	μοι & ἐκοινώνησεν	1	no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone	Here, **shared with me** means the Philippians helped Paul financially and in other practical ways. Alternate translation: “were partners with” or “helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	4	15	rgxx		εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ λήμψεως	1	no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone	In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the phrase **giving and receiving** could refer either to exchanges that involved money or to exchanges that involved the giving and receiving of non-financial things that would benefit the other party. Here, the phrase **giving and receiving** may refer to both financial and non-financial gifts because the Philippians helped Paul by sending a gift of money via Epaphroditus, who also helped Paul in other ways. Alternate translation: “by sending money and help to me”
 PHP	4	16	getb		ὅτι καὶ ἐν Θεσσαλονίκῃ	1	no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone	Alternate translation: “for even when I was in Thessalonica”
 PHP	4	16	puar	figs-idiom	καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς	1	no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone	The phrase **both once and twice** is an idiom meaning that something occurred more than one time. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language, or you could state this in plain language. Alternate translation: “several times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	4	16	lqor	figs-ellipsis	εἰς τὴν χρείαν μοι ἐπέμψατε	1	no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone	Paul is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you sent me money to help me with my needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	4	17	bh3t	figs-metaphor	ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν	1	I seek the fruit that increases to your account	At the time Paul wrote this letter, the word **fruit** could be used in a business context to refer to what was gained in a financial transaction. When used in a business context, the word **fruit** meant “profit” or “gain.” Here Paul is using this business meaning to refer to God’s reward. If your language has an equivalent word that could be used in a business context, consider using it here if it would be natural in your language. Alternately, you may express this meaning using plain language, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “I seek the profit that increases to your account” or “I seek the gain that increases to your account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	18	fs44		ἀπέχω & πάντα	1	I have everything in full	The phrase **I have all things in full** could mean: (1) that Paul has received **all things** that he needs from the Philippian believers and is therefore sufficiently supplied. Alternate translation: “I have everything I need and am content” (2) that Paul is continuing the business metaphor from [Philippians 4:17](../04/17.md) and is here offering the Philippians a figurative receipt for the gifts they gave him. Alternate translation: “I have received the gift that you sent”
 PHP	4	18	en6t	figs-explicit	περισσεύω	1	I abound	The phrase **I abound** means that Paul has more than enough of the things that he needs for himself. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have more than enough of the things I need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	4	18	p6y1	figs-activepassive	πεπλήρωμαι, δεξάμενος παρὰ Ἐπαφροδίτου τὰ παρ’ ὑμῶν	1	Connecting Statement:	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the phrase **I have been filled** with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “You have fully provided for me by giving me the things which Epaphroditus brought to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	4	18	hte4	translate-names	Ἐπαφροδίτου	1	I abound	**Epaphroditus** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Philippians 2:25](../02/25.md). (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
 PHP	4	18	s68v	figs-metaphor	ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, θυσίαν δεκτήν, εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ	1	an aroma, a sweet smell, an acceptable, pleasing sacrifice to God	Here Paul speaks of the gift from the Philippian believers as if it were a **sacrifice** offered **to God** on an altar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by stating the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “which are very pleasing to God” or “which make God happy” or “which I assure you are gifts very pleasing to God, like an acceptable sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	19	r96p	figs-idiom	πληρώσει πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν	1	will fulfill all your needs	The word for **will fulfill** is the same word translated as “have been fulfilled” in verse 18. This phrase is an idiom meaning “will provide everything you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	4	19	xmk2		κατὰ τὸ πλοῦτος αὐτοῦ ἐν δόξῃ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus	Alternate translation: “from his glorious riches that he gives through Christ Jesus”
 PHP	4	20	fba5	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	Now to our God	When Paul says **our**, he is speaking of himself and the Philippian believers, so **our** is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 PHP	4	21	h2jr	figs-yousingular	ἀσπάσασθε	1	The brothers	**Greet** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	4	21	z65a	figs-metaphor	οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). Paul is using the term **brothers** here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “My fellow believers here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	21	kaxz	figs-gendernotations	οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a spiritual sense to include both men and women who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “The brothers and sisters with me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations)
 PHP	4	22	rg96	translate-unknown	τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας	1	especially those from the household of Caesar	The phrase **the household of Caesar** refers to the servants who worked in Caesar’s palace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 PHP	4	23	a3f8	figs-synecdoche	μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν	1	be with your spirit	Paul describes the Philippian Christians as whole persons by reference to their **spirit**. Alternate translation: “be with you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche)
 PHP	4	23	nd4z	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν	1	be with your spirit	The word **grace** is an abstract noun that can be translated with an adverb. Alternate translation: “May the Lord Jesus Christ act graciously to you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
--- a/tn_PHP.tsv
+++ b/tn_PHP.tsv
@ -0,0 +1,452 @@
 Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
 front:intro	pv9j				0	# Introduction to Philippians\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Philippians\n\n1. Greeting, thanksgiving and prayer (1:1–11)\n2. Paul’s report on his ministry (1:12–26)\n3. Instructions\n    * To be steadfast (1:27–30)\n    * To be united (2:1–2)\n    * To be humble (2:3–11)\n    * To work out our salvation with God working in you (2:12–13)\n    * To be innocent, and shining as light (2:14–18)\n4. Timothy and Epaphroditus (2:19–30)\n5. Warning about false teachers (3:1–4:1)\n6. Personal instruction (4:2–5)\n7. Rejoice and do not be anxious (4:4–6)\n8. Final remarks\n    * Values (4:8–9)\n    * Contentment (4:10–20)\n    * Final Greetings (4:21–23)\n\n### Who wrote the book of Philippians?\n\nPaul wrote Philippians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.\n\nPaul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome.\n\n### What is the book of Philippians about?\n\nPaul wrote this letter to the believers in Philippi, a city in Macedonia. He wrote it to thank the Philippians for the gift they had sent him. He wanted to tell them how he was doing in prison and to encourage them to rejoice, even if they were suffering. He also wrote to them about a man named Epaphroditus, the one who brought the gift to Paul. While visiting Paul, Epaphroditus became ill, so Paul decided to send him back to Philippi. Paul encouraged the believers in Philippi to welcome him and to be kind to Epaphroditus when he returned.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philippians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Philippi,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Philippi.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the city of Philippi like?\n\nPhilip, the father of Alexander the Great, founded Philippi in the region of Macedonia. This meant that the citizens of Philippi were also considered citizens of Rome. The people of Philippi were proud of being citizens of Rome. But Paul tells the believers that it is much more important that they are citizens of heaven (3:20).\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The words “you” and “your” always refer to the believers in Philippi, except for one time in 4:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### Who were the “enemies of the cross of Christ” (3:18) in this letter?\n\nThe “enemies of the cross of Christ” were probably people who called themselves believers, but they did not obey God’s commands. They thought that freedom in Christ meant that believers could do whatever they desired, and God would not punish them (3:19).\n\n### Why were the words “joy” and “rejoice” frequently used in this letter?\n\nPaul was in prison when he wrote this letter (1:7). Even though he suffered, Paul said many times that he was joyful because God had been kind to him through Jesus Christ. He wanted to encourage his readers to have the same trust in Jesus Christ.\n\n### What does Paul mean by the expressions “in Christ,” or “in the Lord,” etc.?\n\nThese kinds of expressions occur in 1:1, 8, 13, 14, 26, 27; 2:1, 5, 19, 24, 29; 3:1, 3, 9, 14; 4:1, 2, 4, 7, 10, 13, 19, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Philippians?\n\nSome versions have “Amen” at the end of the final verse in the letter (4:23). The ULT, UST, and some modern versions include it, but many other versions do not. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 1:intro	kd3g				0	# Philippians 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nPaul follows the normal practice of the time by beginning the letter with a statement of the names of the senders and the recipients. In that culture, the sender would then offer a good wish for the recipients. Paul does this in the form of a Christian blessing.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The day of Christ\n\nThis refers to the day when Christ returns. Paul often connected the return of Christ with motivating godly living. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This statement in verse 21 is a paradox: “to die is gain.” In verse 23 Paul explains why this is true. ([Philippians 1:21](../../php/01/21.md))
 1:1	bzfs			ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “in union with Christ Jesus”
 1:2	uuep		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη	1	This is a greeting and blessing that Paul often uses in the beginning of his letters. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “may you experience kindness, mercy, and peace within you” or “I pray that you will have grace, mercy, and peace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 1:2	pyji		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμῖν	1	Here, **you** refers to the Philippian Christians and is plural in form in the original language in which Paul wrote. Throughout this letter, with one exception, the words “you” and “your” are plural and refer to the Philippian Christians. If your language uses different forms to show when “you” and “your” refer to one person and when they refer to more than one person, use the plural form that would be appropriate in your language in this occurrence and all other occurrences of “you” and “your” in this letter, except for in [4:3](../04/03.md). A note will discuss the one exception in [4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 1:2	yh4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	Πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1	If your language has different forms for including or excluding the hearers, use the inclusive form for **our** here and throughout the letter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1:3	ntp5			ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν	1	Here, **in all my remembrance of you** could refer to: (1) each time that Paul thought about the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: “each time that I think about you” (2) each time that Paul prayed for the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: “every time that I pray for you”
 1:3	gjyv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τῷ Θεῷ μου	1	Use of the words **my God** does not mean that God belongs to Paul, but that Paul belongs to God. That is, God is the one whom Paul worships exclusively. Alternate translation: “the one who is God to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1:3	w8dz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμῶν	1	See how you translated the word **you** in [1:2](../01/02.md). In this letter, every use of the words **you** and **your** is plural and refers to the Philippian believers, except for one use in [4:3](../04/03.md), which has a note to discuss it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 1:5	bca2			ἐπὶ τῇ κοινωνίᾳ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἡμέρας ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν	1	Here, **because** could refer to: (1) the reason that Paul gives thanks to God. Alternate translation: “I give thanks to God because of your partnership in the gospel from the first day until now” (2) the reason for Paul’s joy.
 1:5	fdqe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμῶν	1	Here, the word **your** is plural and refers to the Philippian Christians. In this letter, with one exception, the words “you” and “your” are always plural and always refer to the Philippian Christians. If your language uses different forms to show when “you” and “your” refer to one person and when they refer to more than one person, use the plural form that would be appropriate in your language in this occurrence and all other occurrences of “you” and “your” in this letter, except for in [4:3](../04/03.md). A note will discuss the one exception in [4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 1:5	yi9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ κοινωνίᾳ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	Here, **your fellowship in the gospel** refers to the Philippians’ partnering with Paul in the various things involved in spreading the gospel. This includes gifts of money that they sent to Paul (see [4:15–18](../04/15.md)). If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “your participation with me in advancing the gospel” or “your partnership with me in working to spread the good news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1:5	vi1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἡμέρας	1	The phrase **from the first day** refers to the time at which the Philippian believers first believed the gospel that Paul preached to them. This may also have been the first day that Paul preached in Philippi. Alternate translation: “from the time you first heard and believed the gospel that I preached” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1:5	d8hi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν	1	The phrase **until now** does not mean that the Philippian believers have now stopped partnering with Paul. Rather, it means that they are still partnering with Paul. Alternate translation: “that we are still sharing now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1:6	s1l8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πεποιθὼς αὐτὸ τοῦτο	1	The phrase **having been persuaded** indicates a reason that Paul thanks God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I thank God because I am confident of this very thing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1:6	jf4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἐναρξάμενος ἐν ὑμῖν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν, ἐπιτελέσει	1	Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that God, having begun a good work in you, will perfect it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1:6	u80a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι ὁ ἐναρξάμενος ἐν ὑμῖν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν	1	The phrase **a good work in you** refers to both the initial conversion of the Philippian Christians and to God’s ongoing work in their lives through the Holy Spirit. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that God, having begun his good work in you through your conversion and continuing it through the work of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1:6	qhmh			ὑμῖν	1	See how you translated the word **you** in [Philippians 1:2](../01/02.md).
 1:6	p2a5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπιτελέσει	1	Here, **will perfect {it}** means that God would bring to completion the work which he began in the lives of the Philippian believers at their conversion and which he was continuing to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1:6	p5pu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡμέρας Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	The phrase **the day of Jesus Christ** refers to the time in the future when Jesus Christ will return to judge the world and save those who believe in him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time when Jesus Christ returns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1:7	sowf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ ἔχειν με ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμᾶς	1	The phrase, **I have you in my heart** is an idiom which expresses strong affection. If you have an equivalent expression which adequately communicates the meaning, you may use it here. If not, you could state this using plain language. Alternate translation: “I love you very much” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1:7	jn2s			συνκοινωνούς μου τῆς χάριτος & ὄντας	1	Alternate translation: “sharing in grace with me”
 1:7	df00		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	χάριτος	1	Here, **grace** refers to the way that God kindly gives us good things that we do not deserve. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **grace** with a verb or adjective. In this context, Paul considers both his imprisonment and his ministry of defending and confirming the gospel to be gifts from God. Alternate translation: “of God’s gracious gift” or “in experiencing how kind God is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:7	o7ef		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δεσμοῖς μου	1	Paul refers to his imprisonment in Rome by using the phrase **my chains**. Paul was chained to a guard and the Philippian Christians would have understood that Paul was referring to his imprisonment when he used the phrase **my chains** because of the close association between **chains** and being in prison. If this association is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1:7	wey7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀπολογίᾳ καὶ βεβαιώσει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	The words translated **defense** and **confirmation** could be used to refer to defending and confirming in a court of law the truth of something against which a charge was made. These two words mean very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize that this is hard work. If your language has one word for these ideas, use that here and add emphasis another way. If there is a word or phrase that could be used with this legal sense but could also be used in the context of defending the gospel, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “and as I contend for the truth of the gospel” or “and as I labor to show people that the gospel is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1:8	xun1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν σπλάγχνοις Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	The Greek word translated as **inner parts** is a term which refers to body organs, particularly to the intestines, liver, lungs, and heart. Paul is using **inner parts** to refer to love or affection. You can use the body part that represents the seat of affection in your language, or translate the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “with the heart of Christ Jesus” or “with the affection of Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1:8	bo0r			ἐν σπλάγχνοις Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Here, **the inner parts of Christ Jesus** could mean: (1) the same kind of love as Christ Jesus gives to people. (2) love that originates with Christ Jesus. Alternate translation: “with love that comes from Christ Jesus”
 1:9	jlyu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα ἡ ἀγάπη ὑμῶν ἔτι μᾶλλον καὶ μᾶλλον περισσεύῃ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with the verb form. Alternate translation: “that you will be able to love others more and more abundantly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:9	f4q5			ὑμῶν	1	See how you translated the word **your** in [Philippians 1:5](../01/05.md).
 1:9	tbtt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἐπιγνώσει καὶ πάσῃ αἰσθήσει	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **knowledge** and **understanding** with verb phrases. Alternate translation: “and that God will enable you to see the truth about Him and teach you to love wisely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:10	e17g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τὰ διαφέροντα	1	The word **{what}** here refers to that which a person does, and the word **excels** here refers to something that is best, according to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that you may approve and choose to do what pleases God the most” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1:10	ybw6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς	1	Here, the phrase **so that** shows that what follows this phrase is the desired result of Paul’s prayer in verse nine. Consider using a connecting word or phrase that will clearly show that what follows it is the desired result of what Paul prayed in verse nine. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1:10	siv8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	εἰλικρινεῖς καὶ ἀπρόσκοποι	1	The words **pure** and **blameless** have very similar meanings. Paul uses these two words together to emphasize the idea of moral purity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these two words and translate them as one idea. Alternate translation: “completely innocent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1:11	lu5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης τὸν	1	Here, the phrase **being filled with** is a metaphor meaning to be occupied in doing something. The phrase **the fruit of righteousness** is a metaphor which refers to what characterizes a person, namely what a person produces. This metaphor is a comparison between a good tree that produces good fruit and a person who is filled with righteousness and produces good actions as a result. So with these two metaphors, Paul is telling the Philippians to be occupied in doing righteous deeds. If this would be unclear in your language, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “filling your lives with the righteous deeds that are” or “habitually doing the good works that are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1:11	t3w4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πεπληρωμένοι	1	The phrase **being filled with** is a passive form. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “letting God fill you with” or “continually producing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1:11	yq99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Here, the phrase **through Christ Jesus** is a metaphor meaning that Christ Jesus is the one who makes it possible for a person to be righteous and thus to do the things that a righteous person does. Alternate translation: “that Christ Jesus produces in you” or “that Christ Jesus enables you to produce” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1:11	jwgb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **glory** and **praise** with verbs. Alternate translation: “which will cause people to glorify and praise God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:11	mfs6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ	1	The words **glory** and **praise** mean very similar things here. They are used together to emphasize how much people will praise God. If you have one word for this in your language, you could use it here and show emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “which will cause people to greatly praise God” or “which will cause people to declare how great God is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1:12	tu2t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a spiritual sense to include both men and women who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1:12	ygt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	Paul is using the term **brothers** here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “my companions who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1:12	zy4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ κατ’ ἐμὲ	1	The phrase **the things concerning me** refers to Paul’s imprisonment. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things I have suffered because I was put into prison for preaching about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1:12	q288		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μᾶλλον εἰς προκοπὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἐλήλυθεν	1	The phrase **advancement of the gospel** refers to an increasing number of people hearing and believing the gospel. Alternate translation: “have actually caused more people to hear the gospel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1:13	wi6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	Here, the phrase **As a result** shows that what follows this phrase is the result of Paul’s circumstances which he began discussing in verse 12, namely, his imprisonment. Consider using a connecting word or phrase that will clearly show that what follows it is the result of Paul’s imprisonment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1:13	h1ly		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δεσμούς μου	1	Paul again refers to his imprisonment in a figurative way by using the phrase **my chains**. See how you translated this phrase in [1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1:13	f8az		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς δεσμούς μου & ἐν Χριστῷ	1	Here, the phrase **my chains in Christ** means that Paul is imprisoned because of his work for the cause of Christ. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “my chains for the sake of Christ” or “my chains because I teach people about Christ” or “my chains for the cause of Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1:14	a1kh			τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	See how you translated **brothers** in the previous verse [1:12](../01/12.md).
 1:14	eurs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	Paul is using the term **brothers** here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “my companions who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1:14	sz29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1	The phrase **encouraged in the Lord** means that the Philippian Christians had grown in their trust of the Lord because of Paul’s imprisonment. Alternate translation: “trust the Lord more because of my chains” or “have received more courage from the Lord as a result of my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1:14	k4tm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ τοὺς πλείονας τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who or what caused the action. Alternate translation: “The Lord has encouraged most of the brothers because of my chains” or “My chains have given most of the brothers more trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1:14	ecy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δεσμοῖς μου	1	Paul is referring to his imprisonment by mentioning one part of it: the chains that bound his feet and hands. If this is unclear in your language, you could mention the imprisonment directly. See how you translated the phrase **my chains** in [1:7](../01/07.md) and [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “because of my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1:14	v2wo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν λόγον	1	Here, **the word** refers to the message from God about Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel” or “the good news” or “God’s message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1:15	sa9n			Some indeed even proclaim Christ	0	Beginning in this verse, and extending to the end of [1:17](../01/17.md), Paul uses a poetic device called chiasm that could be confusing in some languages. You may need to reorder certain things in [1:15–17](../01/15.md) if it would be more natural in your language. See the UST.
 1:15	vw1s			τινὲς μὲν καὶ & τὸν Χριστὸν κηρύσσουσιν	1	Alternate translation: “Some people are preaching the good news about Jesus”
 1:15	z9y9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	διὰ φθόνον καὶ ἔριν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **envy** and **strife** by using them in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because they are envious and seek their own evil purposes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:15	yh1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εὐδοκίαν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **goodwill** by using it in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “their desire that others would know Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:16	w0b8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξ ἀγάπης	1	Here the object of the word **love** is not specified. You can leave the object of **love** unspecified or, if it is needed in your language, you may specify the object of **love**. Here, the word **love** could refer to: (1) love for Paul. Alternate translation: “because of their love for me” (2) love for Christ. Alternate translation: “The ones who proclaim the good news because they love Christ” (3) love for multiple objects, such as Paul and Christ and those who have not yet heard or believed in the gospel. Alternate translation: “The ones who proclaim the good news because of their love for me, and Jesus, and those who do not believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1:16	ttr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κεῖμαι	1	You could state the phrase **I am appointed** in active form. Alternate translation: “God appointed me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1:16	st7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	Paul is speaking of the gospel as though it were a place or person that could be attacked. If this is confusing in your language, you can use plain language. See how you translated “defense and confirmation of the gospel” in [1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “to prove that the message about Jesus is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1:16	ia9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου κεῖμαι	1	The phrase **I am appointed** could refer to: (1) God appointing Paul’s current situation of being in prison. Alternate translation: “I am assigned to be here for the defense of the gospel” (2) God appointing Paul to the ministry of defending the gospel. Alternate translation: “God has delegated me to the ministry of publicly defending the truth of the good news” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1:16	vnfl			ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	See how you translated the phrase “defense and confirmation of the gospel” in [1:7](../01/07.md).
 1:17	sgss		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	οἱ δὲ ἐξ ἐριθείας τὸν Χριστὸν καταγγέλλουσιν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **ambition** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “but they proclaim Christ only to make themselves seem important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:17	j333			οὐχ ἁγνῶς	1	Alternate translation: “with wrong motives” or “from wrong motives”
 1:17	z8ty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1	Paul is referring to his imprisonment by mentioning one part of it: the chains that bound his feet and hands. If this is unclear in your language, you could mention the imprisonment directly. See how you translated the phrase **my chains** in [1:7](../01/07.md) and [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “because of my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1:17	tc1u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἰόμενοι θλῖψιν ἐγείρειν τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could state how the selfish preachers suppose that they are causing trouble to Paul. You could also start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They hope to cause me trouble in my imprisonment by their preaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1:18	dc7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γάρ	1	The phrase **What then?** is a rhetorical question. If using a rhetorical question would be confusing in your language, consider expressing the meaning of this rhetorical question by changing it into a statement. Alternate translation: “But that does not matter!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1:18	z5ia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τί γάρ	1	In the rhetorical question **What then?**, Paul leaves out some words that might be necessary in some languages. If you want to use a rhetorical question here, you may want to add the words which are implied but not stated. This could be done in two ways: (1) as a rhetorical question which expects a negative answer. Alternate translation: “What does it matter what their motives are?” or “So what difference does it make?” (2) as a phrase that focuses on the result. Alternate translation: “What then is the result of this?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1:18	sw24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Χριστὸς καταγγέλλεται	1	You can express the meaning of the passive form **is proclaimed** with an active form. Alternate translation: “we all proclaim Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1:19	saze		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτό	1	Here, the word **this** refers to Paul’s current situation of being in prison and the things that accompanied it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my imprisonment” or “my current condition in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1:19	h9hf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι τοῦτό μοι ἀποβήσεται εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning behind the abstract noun **deliverance** by using a verbal phrase. You could also say who does the action, if necessary. Alternate translation: “for I know that this will result in God delivering me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:19	zr2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐπιχορηγίας τοῦ Πνεύματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning behind the abstract noun **provision** by using a verbal phrase. You could also say who does the action, if necessary. Alternate translation: “by God providing to me the Spirit of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:20	fh48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀποκαραδοκίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα	1	Both **eager expectation** and **hope** have similar meanings and together express a single idea. Paul uses these two words together to emphasize the strength of his expectation. If you have a single word or phrase in your language which expresses the meaning of these two words, consider using that to express the strength of the hope in another way. Alternate translation: “sincere expectation” or “sure hope” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1:20	tk7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὴν ἀποκαραδοκίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα μου	1	Both **expectation** and **hope** are abstract nouns. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express them together in a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “because I fully believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:20	jz1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ σώματί μου	1	Here, the phrase **in my body** is used to mean the activities that Paul does with his body. Paul speaks of his **body** because it was with his earthly body that he would serve God on earth until he died, as he explains in more detail in [1:22–24](../01/22.md). Alternate translation: “in everything that I do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1:20	ysty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἐν οὐδενὶ αἰσχυνθήσομαι, ἀλλ’	1	If the double-negative phrase **in nothing be ashamed** would be confusing in your language, you could translate it in a positive way. Alternate translation: “I will always do the right thing and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 1:20	ch6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ παρρησίᾳ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **boldness** with a similar adverb. Alternate translation: “always act boldly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:20	y78k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἴτε διὰ ζωῆς εἴτε διὰ θανάτου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **life** and **death** with their verbal forms. Alternate translation: “whether I live or I die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:21	n3jd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κέρδος	1	If the abstract noun **gain** would be unclear in your language, you may express the meaning behind this word by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “to die is to go to Christ” or “to die would give me more blessing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:22	a21c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν σαρκί	1	Here Paul is using the word **flesh** to refer to his entire body. The phrase **in the flesh** then refers to living as physical beings. If this would be confusing in your language, consider using a different word or phrase that refers to this present physical life. Alternate translation: “on this earth” or “in this world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1:22	mwl6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦτό μοι καρπὸς ἔργου	1	Here, the word **fruitful** refers to Paul’s work producing good results. This is a metaphor in which Paul’s anticipated productive work is compared to a plant or tree which produces good fruit. Alternate translation: “this will mean effectively serving God” or “this will mean productively working for the advancement of the gospel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1:22	kxuu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτό μοι καρπὸς ἔργου	1	If the an abstract noun **labor** would be unclear in your language, you may express the meaning behind this word by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “I will accomplish something important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:23	tq29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	συνέχομαι δὲ ἐκ τῶν δύο	1	The phrase **I am hard pressed between the two** is a metaphor. Paul speaks as if he were experiencing literal pressure from two opposite sides at the same time. Paul uses this figurative expression to show his difficulty in deciding which decision is best, if given the option between living or dying. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this phrase using a metaphor that would make sense in your language, or you could choose to use plain language to express it. Alternate translation: “both options have their advantages, so the decision is not an easy one for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1:23	j1sv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνέχομαι	1	The phrase **I am hard pressed** is in passive form. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning behind this phrase by using a verb phrase that is in the active voice. Alternate translation: “It is not easy for me to decide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1:23	q0n1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν δύο	1	Here, the phrase **the two** refers to the two options regarding what decision is best. The choice of continuing to live on earth and serve Christ or its alternative, the choice of leaving earth to be with Christ. If the phrase **the two** would be confusing in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these two options” or “these two choices” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1:23	u1zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἔχων	1	If the word abstract noun **desire** would be unclear in your language, you could express the meaning of this word by using the verbal form. Alternate translation: “yearning” or “preferring” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:23	hhjr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἀναλῦσαι	1	Here Paul is referring to his death with the phrase **to depart**. Instead of focusing on the unpleasantness of death, Paul is using the word **depart** to focus on the positive result of his death, namely, that his physical death will result in his being with Christ. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a different euphemism or express this plainly. Alternate translation: “to leave this life” or “to depart from this earth” or “to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 1:24	etly		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸ δὲ ἐπιμένειν ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ	1	The phrase **but remain in the flesh** means to remain alive in one’s body on earth. See how you translated **flesh** in [1:22](../01/22.md). If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “but to continue in the body” or “but to continue to live on this earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1:24	k2j7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀναγκαιότερον	1	In the phrase **{is} more necessary** Paul leaves out the implied words “than departing” because he knows that his readers will understand them from the context. If this would be unclear in your language, consider supplying these omitted words in your translation. Alternate translation: “rather than departing is more necessary” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1:24	hnl7			ὑμᾶς	1	See how you translated the word **your** in [1:5](../01/05.md).
 1:25	bu8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ τοῦτο πεποιθὼς	1	The word **this** refers back to [1:24](../01/24.md) where Paul said that he believed it was more necessary that he remain alive on earth so that he could continue helping the Philippian Christians mature in their faith. If this would be unclear in your language, consider further explaining the word **this** in your translation. Alternate translation: “And being sure that it is better for you that I remain” or “And having been convinced that I should remain here on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1:25	xwl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῦτο πεποιθὼς	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because I am sure of this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1:25	kmp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μενῶ	1	Here, the word **remain** refers to remaining alive on earth in one’s body in contrast to dying and leaving the earth to be with Christ. See how you translated the word **remain** in [1:24](../01/24.md) and make the meaning the same here. Alternate translation: “I will continue living on this earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1:25	hzmd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	μενῶ καὶ παραμενῶ	1	These two words mean very similar things. The first is more general and the second is more specific about remaining with someone. If your language has one word for both of these meanings, you could use that here. Alternate translation: “I will continue with” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1:25	rruy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμῖν	1	See how you translated the word **you** in [1:2](../01/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 1:25	xvx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ὑμῶν προκοπὴν καὶ χαρὰν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **progress** and **joy** with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “so that you will advance and be joyful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:25	vnn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	εἰς τὴν ὑμῶν προκοπὴν καὶ χαρὰν	1	This phrase, **progress and joy**, may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **joy** tells how it feels to progress in faith. Alternate translation: “joyful progress” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 1:25	h6f2			ὑμῶν	1	See how you translated the word **your** in [1:5](../01/05.md).
 1:25	zse3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῆς πίστεως	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “in trusting Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:26	viwq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	Here, the phrase **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose of what came before it. The purpose of Paul remaining alive, ([1:25](../01/25.md)), was to increase the Philippian’s boasting in Christ. In your translation, use the method your language uses to indicate purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1:26	d906		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	καύχημα & ἐν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **boasting** by expressing its meaning in a verb phrase or in some other way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “glorying in” or “rejoicing in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:26	j1d2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	παρουσίας	1	Here the word **coming** describes Paul’s travel from the perspective of the Philippians. In your language, it may be more natural to describe his travel from Paul’s perspective and use a word such as “going.” Here and in verse [27](../01/27.md), use the word or phrase that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 1:26	ay37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τῆς ἐμῆς παρουσίας	1	Here the word **through** could refer to: (1) the reason the Philippians would greatly boast in Christ. Therefore, the word **through** means “because”. Alternate translation: … because of my coming” (2) the means by which the Philippians would greatly boast in Christ. Therefore, the word **through** means “by”. Alternate translation: “by my coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1:27	bwmq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθὼν	1	Your language may have a different way of expressing the motion described by the word **come**. Here, the word **come** refers to Paul traveling to where the Philippians live and visiting them. See how you translated the form of this word in the previous verse, [1:26](../01/26.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 1:27	yddq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἀξίως τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τοῦ Χριστοῦ πολιτεύεσθε	1	This is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 1:27	u09z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	στήκετε	1	Here, the phrase **stand firm** is used to mean not changing one’s beliefs but, rather, remaining steadfast in what one believes. If this would be unclear in your language, consider using an equivalent expression from your language, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you be unmoved” or “you remain strong in your faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1:27	kmn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ	1	Here, the phrases **in one spirit** and **with one soul** mean essentially the same thing and are used together to emphasize the importance of unity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them together as one expression and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “unified as one spirit” or “with complete unity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1:27	jfxp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ	1	Here, the phrases **in one spirit** and **with one soul** are used to mean “to have unity in one’s primary purposes and beliefs.” Both phrases refer to being in agreement about what matters. If these expressions would be confusing in your language, you may use plain language or use a similar expression from your language. Alternate translation: “with one mind” or “with singleness of purpose” or “in full agreement” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1:27	ej2s			συναθλοῦντες	1	Alternate translation: “cooperating together in the work”
 1:27	ya3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	Here, the abstract noun **faith** in the phrase **the faith of the gospel** refers to what believers understand and do as a result of believing the gospel, which is God’s message about Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:28	u9an		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν ἀντικειμένων	1	The phrase **the ones opposing you** refers to the people who were opposing the Philippian Christians and causing them trouble. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “the people opposing you” or “the people opposing you because you believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1:28	l495		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἥτις ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς ἔνδειξις	1	The word **This** in the phrase **This is a sign to them** refers to the lack of fear because of their faith that the Philippian believers will have when they are opposed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1:28	t225		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀπωλείας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** by using a verb form or by expressing it in some other way that would be clear in your language. Alternate translation: “that God will destroy them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:28	ypn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** by using a verb form of this word or by expressing it in some other way that would be clear in your language. Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:28	nb4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ	1	The word **this** in the phrase **this from God** could refer to: (1) what comes before it in this verse, both the courage God gives the Philippian Christians and the sign that their courage gives to those opposing them. Alternate translation: “your lack of fear and the evidence it gives is all from God” (2) the sign given to those who oppose the Philippian Christians. Alternate translation: “this sign is from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1:29	qous		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν ἐχαρίσθη τὸ	1	You could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has graciously granted to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1:30	x4z3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες	1	If the abstract noun **struggle** would be confusing in your language, you could express it with a verb phrase, as the UST does, or by expressing the idea behind this word in some other way that would be clear in your language. Alternate translation: “facing the same strife” or “enduring the same trials” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1:30	cewf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες, οἷον εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	Here, the word **struggle** is a figurative way of referring to the conflict that Paul and the Philippian believers had with people who opposed them because of their faith. Paul speaks of it here as if it were a military battle or an athletic competition. If this would be unclear in your language, you could state this in plain language. Alternate translation: “as you experience the same opposition from people that you saw that I experienced” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1:30	hnec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ νῦν ἀκούετε ἐν ἐμοί	1	Here, the phrase **in me** occurs twice, both times referring to what Paul is experiencing. If this would be unclear in your language, you could express this in a way that is understandable in your language. Alternate translation: “you saw me experience and now hear that I am experiencing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2:intro	ixw8				0	# Philippians 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations, like the ULT, set apart the lines of verses 6–11. These verses describe the example of Christ. They teach important truths about the person of Jesus.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Practical instructions\n\nIn this chapter Paul gives many practical instructions to the church in Philippi.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “If there is any”\n\nThis appears as though it is a type of hypothetical statement. However, it is not a hypothetical statement, because it expresses something that is true. The translator may also translate this phrase as “Since there is.”
 2:1	v4ns		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1	The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the natural result of or conclusion to what preceded it. Use the most natural form in your language to show this relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 2:1	b1q7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἴ τις & παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ, εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης, εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος, εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί	1	The phrase **if {there is} any**, which occurs one time in this verse, and the phrase **if any**, which occurs three times in this verse, appear to be hypothetical statements. However, they are not hypothetical, because they each express things which are true. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of these phrases explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the encouragement which comes from Christ, because there is comfort from his love, because of the fellowship of the Spirit, because you have affections and compassions” or “since Christ has encouraged you, since there is comfort from his love, since there is fellowship in the Spirit, since you have affections and compassions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2:1	del5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης, εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος, εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί	1	In the three occurrences of the phrase **if any** in this verse, the missing words, “there is,” are implied and can be supplied in your translation if omitting them would cause confusion. Alternate translation: “if there is any comfort from love, if there is any fellowship of the Spirit, if there are any affections and compassions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2:1	xye5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἴ τις & παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nIf it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **encouragement** by using a verbal form of this word. Alternate translation: “if Christ encourages you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:1	n82s			εἴ τις & παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nHere, the word **encouragement** could refer to: (1) “encouragement” (2) “exhortation” Alternate translation: “if there is any exhortation in Christ” (3) both the idea of “encouragement” and “exhortation” at the same time. Alternate translation: “if there is any encouragement and exhortation in Christ”
 2:1	dapb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἴ τις & παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nHere, the phrase, **encouragement in Christ** probably means the encouragement that Christ gives to believers because they are in union with him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the encouragement which comes from Christ” or “if Christ encourages you” or “because you are encouraged by being in Christ” or “since you are encouraged because of your union with Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2:1	k1b2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης	1	Here, **love** probably refers to Christ’s love for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “if his love has given you any comfort” or “if his love for you has comforted you in any way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2:1	d63e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **comfort** and **love** by using verbal forms of these words and/or using them in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “if Christ’s love for you has comforted you” or “if being loved by Christ has comforted you” or “if Christ’s love comforts you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:1	ub8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης	1	The phrase **comfort of love** refers to the comfort which the Philippian believers received from Christ’s love. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if you have received any comfort from Christ’s love” or “if Christ’s love comforts you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2:1	m84k			εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος	1	The phrase **fellowship of the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit giving the Philippian Christians fellowship with each other. Alternate translation: “if the Spirit has produced any fellowship among you” or “if the Spirit has given you fellowship with each other” (2) the Philippian Christians’ fellowship with the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “if you have fellowship with the Spirit” (3) both the Holy Spirit giving the Philippian Christians fellowship with each other and to their having fellowship with the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “if you have any fellowship with the Spirit and the Spirit has produced in you any fellowship with each other”
 2:1	quhq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **fellowship** by using it in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “if the Spirit has produced any fellowship among you” or “if the Spirit has given you fellowship with each other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:1	l2px		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **affections** and **compassions** by using them in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “if you feel any affection and compassion for one another” or “if you have any affection and compassion for each other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:1	u3dz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί	1	The phrase **if any affections and compassions** probably refers to the Philippian believers’ affection and compassion toward each other. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if you have any affection and compassion toward one another”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2:2	j5v2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πληρώσατέ μου τὴν χαρὰν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** by using an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “make me overflow with happiness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:2	jxq2			τὸ αὐτὸ φρονῆτε	1	Alternate translation: “you think together as one”
 2:2	ve0w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν αὐτὴν ἀγάπην ἔχοντες	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “love each other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:2	yo7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σύνψυχοι	1	Paul’s use of the idiom, **united in soul**, is a figurative way of asking the Philippians to be unified and to agree about what is important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “be one in spirit” or “be one in heart and will” or “agree about what is important” or “be unified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2:2	b8gz			τὸ ἓν φρονοῦντες	1	Alternate translation: “being concerned about the same things”
 2:3	p0v0			μηδὲν κατ’ ἐριθείαν	1	Alternate translation: “Do not be selfishly ambitious” or “Do not do anything with an attitude of self-importance”
 2:3	y1le			μηδὲ κατὰ κενοδοξίαν	1	Alternate translation: “or with empty pride”
 2:3	xmey		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μηδὲ κατὰ κενοδοξίαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **conceit** by using an adjective or some other way. Alternate translation: “or with prideful motives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:3	kzj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀλλὰ τῇ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ ἀλλήλους ἡγούμενοι ὑπερέχοντας ἑαυτῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **humility** by using an adjective or some other way. Alternate translation: “but rather, act in a humble way by considering others more important than yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:4	ezk6			μὴ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ἕκαστος σκοποῦντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἑτέρων ἕκαστοι	1	Alternate translation: “each of you caring not only about what you need, but also about what others need”
 2:4	nowd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕκαστος	1	The phrase **each one** here means “each person” and refers to all of the Philippian believers. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “every one of you” or “each of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2:4	ob45			μὴ & σκοποῦντες	1	Alternate translation: “not thinking about”
 2:4	l3q0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	ἑαυτῶν	1	Here, the reflexive pronoun **themselves** is plural in form in the original language in which Paul wrote this letter. If your language has a plural form for this pronoun, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “of yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
 2:4	qmzl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	ἑαυτῶν	1	Here, the reflexive pronoun **themselves** refers back to **each one** at the beginning of the verse. Alternate translation: “of yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 2:5	pqdc			τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “Have the same attitude that Christ Jesus had”
 2:5	rh98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **attitude**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **attitude** with a verb such as “think.” Alternate translation: “Think about one another the way Christ Jesus thought of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:5	kwoe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	τοῦτο φρονεῖτε	1	This is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian believers. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you should have this attitude” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 2:5	acmu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Here the phrase **Have this attitude in you which also {was} in Christ Jesus** means that a believer is to have the same attitude and disposition which Christ Jesus had and which characterized his behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Think the same way that Christ Jesus did” or “Have the same values which Christ Jesus also had” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2:6	xo2l			ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ ὑπάρχων	1	The phrase **existing in the form of God** means that Jesus had the very nature of God. It does not mean that Jesus only appeared to be God, but was not God. This phrase is saying that Jesus was fully God. The rest of this verse and the next two verses explain that Jesus, while being fully God, humbled himself and acted as a servant, in obedience to God. Avoid any translation that would suggest that Jesus was not fully God. Alternate translation: “being fully God” or “though everything that is true of God is true of him”
 2:6	kd1l			οὐχ & ἡγήσατο	1	Alternate translation: “did not think” or “did not regard”
 2:6	els2			ἁρπαγμὸν	1	Alternate translation: “something to be held onto” or “something to be retained”
 2:7	x5rt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	The word **Instead** introduces a contrast between the preceding clause in [2:6](../02/06.md) and what is expressed about Jesus in this verse and the next two verses. The contrast is made between Jesus’ choice to retain his divine rights and privileges, or to surrender them. Choose the best form in your language to show the contrast that **Instead** expresses here. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “Rather” or “But instead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 2:7	kvjd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀλλὰ ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν	1	Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider the best way to express the meaning of **he** to show that it refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Instead, Jesus emptied himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2:7	c64i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν	1	Here, the reflexive pronoun **himself** refers to Jesus and is used to emphasize the fact that Jesus freely and intentionally chose to empty himself of divine rights and privileges. Consider the best way to express the emphatic element of this pronoun in your language. Alternate translation: “he willingly set aside divine privileges” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 2:7	yu25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν	1	Here, Paul statement that Christ **emptied himself** is figurative, and not literal. By using the figurative phrase **he emptied himself**, Paul is vividly expressing that Christ chose to give up his divine rights and privileges when he became human. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he gave up divine rights and privileges” or “he willingly set aside divine privileges” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2:7	r5dn			μορφὴν δούλου λαβών	1	The phrase, **having taken the form of a servant**, means that Jesus acted as a servant while on earth. It does not mean that Jesus simply appeared to be a servant. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using an equivalent expression from your language, or state this in plain language. Alternative translation, “and acted as a servant”
 2:7	qetl			ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων γενόμενος	1	The phrase **having been born in the likeness of men** means that Jesus became a human being. It does not mean that Jesus only appeared to be human. Rather, it means that Jesus, who always existed as God, chose to take on a human body and appear on earth in human form. If it would be helpful in your language, consider saying this in plain language. Alternate translation: “having become a human being”
 2:7	tc8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων	1	Here, the word **men** is emphasizing the idea of Jesus’ humanity rather than his gender. The word **men** is plural in form to emphasize the idea that Jesus resembled humanity in general. Consider the best way in your language to express this emphasis on Jesus’ humanity. Alternate translation: “in the likeness of human beings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2:7	uizd			καὶ σχήματι εὑρεθεὶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος	1	The phrase **having been found in appearance as a man** does not mean that Jesus appeared to be a man but was not a man. Rather, this phrase continues the thought of the previous phrase, **having been born in the likeness of men**, and means that Jesus became a human being and therefore was fully human in appearance. The phrase, **in appearance**, points out that Jesus appeared in all ways to be fully human. It also indicates that while being fully human, Jesus was distinct from the rest of humanity: He retained his full deity while being human and, therefore, he was both human and divine at the same time. Alternate translation: “and while being found in the form of a human being”
 2:7	jmr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	Here the word **man** is emphasizing the idea of Jesus’ humanity rather than his gender. If your language has a way of expressing this emphasis on Jesus’ humanity, consider using the term that would most clearly express this. See how you translated the word **men** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “a human being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2:8	t8a6			ἐταπείνωσεν ἑαυτὸν, γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου	1	The phrase **having become** clarifies or introduces the way that Jesus **humbled himself**. Choose the most natural form in your language to express this meaning. Alternate translation: “Jesus humbled himself by becoming obedient to the point of dying” or “Jesus humbled himself this way, by obeying to the point of death” or “Jesus humbled himself, specifically, by obeying God to the point of death”
 2:8	ttys		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	ἑαυτὸν	1	The reflexive pronoun **himself**, which refers to Jesus, is used here to emphasize Jesus’ action of humbling himself. Consider the best way in your language to express the emphatic element of this pronoun. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 2:8	r5f0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου, θανάτου δὲ σταυροῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the two occurrences in this verse of the abstract noun **death** with a verb such as “dying”. Alternate translation: “ having become obedient to the point of dying, even dying on a cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:8	l1fk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου	1	The phrase **to the point of** is an English idiom that translates a single Greek preposition. This preposition emphasizes the intensity of Jesus’ obedience to the Father by showing that **death** that follows as the extreme result of that obedience. Alternate translation: “ remaining obedient even though it resulted in him dying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2:8	flk2			θανάτου δὲ σταυροῦ	1	The phrase **even death on a cross** emphasizes that dying on a cross was a very humiliating way to die. By using the word **even** and repeating the word **death**, Paul is emphasizing the great extent of Jesus’ humility and obedience. Think about the best way in your language to show the emphasis provided by the phrase **even death on a cross**. Alternate translation: “even so far as dying on a cross” or “even to the extent of dying on a cross”
 2:9	f3ek		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1	The word **Therefore** shows the reason and result relationship between what comes before this word and what follows it. Here, **Therefore** introduces the result of Jesus humbling himself, as was described in [2:6–8](../02/06.md). Choose the form in your language that best expresses the reason and result relationship expressed by the word **Therefore**. Alternate translation: “Because of this” or “Because Jesus acted this way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2:9	wmvd			αὐτὸν ὑπερύψωσεν	1	Alternate translation: “greatly honored him”
 2:9	mvb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα	1	Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the status or position associated with someone’s name. Alternate translation: “the position that is above every other position” or “the position that is higher than any other position” or “the rank that is above every other rank” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2:10	b3ai		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα	1	The phrase **so that** connects this verse with the preceding verse, [2:9](../02/09.md) and shows that this verse and the next verse are the result of [2:9](../02/09.md). Use the most natural form in your language to show this connection. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2:10	tk45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ	1	Here, **every knee** bending is an idiomatic way of saying that Jesus will be worshiped and honored by all. If this would be clear in your language, consider using this expression, but If it would be helpful in your language, consider using an equivalent expression to communicate the idea of worship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2:10	xz1u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ	1	Here, **name** is a metonym for the person, telling who it is they will worship. Alternate translation: “before the person of Jesus” or “every person and being will worship Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2:10	xn7a			ἐπουρανίων καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων	1	Paul uses the phrase **in heaven and on earth and under the earth** to include to all beings, including human beings and angels. This phrase emphasizes that all beings everywhere will bow in reverence to Jesus. Consider the best way to express this in your language. Alternate translation: “every being in heaven, and on earth, and under the earth”
 2:11	xy4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσηται	1	Here Paul uses the word **tongue** to represent the mouth and what comes out of the mouth. Paul is describing what is said by associating it with the tongue. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “every mouth will declare” or “every being will say” or “everyone will say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2:11	mr2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Here the word **to** expresses result. Alternate translation: “with the result that God the Father will be honored” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2:11	equs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** by using a verbal form of this word or by some other way. Alternate translation: “and honor God the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:12	jnp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὥστε	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThe phrase **So then** shows that what follows it is the desired result of what preceded it in [2:5–11](../02/05.md). Use the most natural form in your language to show this relationship. Alternate translation: “Therefore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 2:12	e359			ἀγαπητοί μου	1	Here, the word **beloved** refers to the believers in Philippi. Paul uses this word to express how much he loves them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase in your language that expresses love and affection. Alternate translation: “my dear fellow believers”
 2:12	c1ix			ὡς ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ μου	1	Alternate translation: “when I was present with you”
 2:12	u5ng			ἐν τῇ ἀπουσίᾳ μου	1	Alternate translation: “when I am not there with you”
 2:12	j897		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου τὴν ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν κατεργάζεσθε	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** by using a verbal form of this word or expressing it in some other way which describes God’s saving work. Alternate translation: “with fear and trembling, continue to work hard to do that which is proper for those whom God saves” or “with awe and reverence for God, work to do good things, as those whom God has saved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:12	cm1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου	1	Paul uses the words **fear** and **trembling** together to show the attitude of reverence that people should have for God. Consider the best way to express this idea in your language. These words have very similar meanings, so you can express them as one idea or translate them as two separate expressions. Alternate translation: “with awe and reverence for God” or “with deep reverence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2:13	fc9l			ἐνεργῶν	1	In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the word **working** expresses continuous action and emphasizes the ongoing nature of God’s work in believers. Consider the best way to express the continuous nature of this word in your language. Alternate translation: “continually working”
 2:13	qy5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἐν ὑμῖν	1	The phrase **in you** could refer to: (1) God working individually within the heart of each of the Philippian believers. (2) God working among the Philippian believers as a whole. Alternate translation: “among you” (3) both option one and two simultaneously. Alternate translation: “in and among you” If your language allows you to keep the object of God’s work ambiguous, as it is in the ULT, this is the preferable option. If your language does not allow for this, choose one of the options above. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 2:13	m6b8			καὶ τὸ θέλειν, καὶ τὸ ἐνεργεῖν, ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐδοκίας	1	Alternate translation: “to enable you to both desire to do, and to do, the things which him happy” or “so that you will want to do what pleases him, and will be able to do what pleases him”
 2:14	gy6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	πάντα ποιεῖτε χωρὶς γογγυσμῶν καὶ διαλογισμῶν	1	The phrase **Do all things without** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, make sure that you do not complain or argue in anything you do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 2:15	z2lz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἄμεμπτοι καὶ ἀκέραιοι	1	The words **blameless** and **pure** are very similar in meaning and are used together to emphasize the idea of living a morally pure life. You may translate these words individually, as the ULT does, or combine them together into one idea and express their meaning together as a single expression. Consider what would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “completely innocent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2:15	sp0g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	The phrase **children of God** is a metaphorical way of describing people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. Here, **children** does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. If you translate **children** using a literal term, choose a word that can refer to people of any age in relation to their fathers. Alternate translation: “God’s spiritual offspring” or “spiritual children of God” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 2:15	im15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄμωμα	1	The phrase **without blemish** means being free from flaws or defects. Here the phrase **without blemish** specifically means being free from moral flaws or corruption. Consider using an equivalent phrase from your language that would be understood in this context, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who abstain from all evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2:15	f957		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν οἷς φαίνεσθε ὡς φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ	1	Paul is describing people by associating them with the world in which they live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “among whom you shine as lights before the people in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2:15	p71u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	φαίνεσθε ὡς φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ	1	Here, the word **lights** represents believers who are living in a righteous way that shows other people what is true and good. “Light”, is often used metaphorically in the Bible to represent truth and the righteous living that aligns with truth. In the Bible, light is often contrasted with darkness, which represents falsehood and living according to it. To **shine as lights in the world** means to live in a way that helps people see God’s truth and character. You can retain this metaphor or express this using plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be examples of God’s goodness and truth in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2:15	jb7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	μέσον γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς καὶ διεστραμμένης	1	The words **crooked** and **perverted** are used together to emphasize the idea of extreme sinfulness. These two words are very similar in meaning. You may translate these words individually, as the ULT does, or combine them together into one idea and express their meaning together as a single expression. Consider what would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among people who are very sinful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2:16	u3qb			λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες	1	Here, **holding forth** could mean: (1) holding out to others the word of life. Alternate translation: “holding out the word of life” or “offering the word of life” (2) holding firmly to the word of life. Alternate translation: “holding tightly to the word of life” or “holding firmly to the word of life”
 2:16	cher			λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες	1	The phrase **holding forth the word of life** continues the thought from the previous verse and shows in more detail how Christians can become “blameless and pure, children of God” who “shine as lights in the world.” Consider the best way to show this connection in your language. Alternate translation: “as you hold forth the word of life”
 2:16	eq86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λόγον ζωῆς	1	The phrase **word of life** refers to the good news about Jesus. If this would be unclear in your language, consider translating this phrase in plain language. Alternate translation: “the message that gives life” or “the life-giving gospel” or “the life-giving message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2:16	nmix		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	λόγον	1	Here the phrase **the word** means “the gospel.” In his writings, Paul often uses **word** to refer to the message of the gospel. In doing this, Paul is describing something Christians communicate to others by associating it with words. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the message” or “the gospel” or “the good news” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2:16	i448		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λόγον ζωῆς	1	The phrase **the word of life** could mean: (1) the word that gives people life. Alternate translation: “the word that gives life” (2) the word that is about life and that gives life. Alternate translation: “the word that is about life and gives life” (3) the word which contains life and has the ability to give people life. Alternate translation: “the word that contains and gives life” If your language allows you to keep the phrase **the word of life** ambiguous, this is the best option. If your language does not allow you to do this, you may specify clearly how the phrase **of life** is related to **the word**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2:16	fz1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	λόγον ζωῆς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the abstract noun **life** by using it in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the life-giving word” or “the word which gives life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:16	s3z9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς καύχημα ἐμοὶ εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ, ὅτι οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον, οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα	1	With the phrase **for my boasting on the day of Christ**, Paul introduces a reason that the Philippian believers should try to live out the things he has just told them to do in [2:12](../02/12.md) and ending with the phrase “holding forth the word of life.” Paul here gives one reason for what he has just asked them to do. He says that if they live out what he has just told them, then when Christ returns, he can be proud of the fact that he did not work in vain among them. Consider the best way in your language to show this reason-result relationship. Alternate translation: “so that I will be able to boast on the day Christ returns that I did not run in vain or labor in vain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2:16	esvd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς καύχημα ἐμοὶ	1	Here, **boasting** refers to Paul being rightfully proud of God’s work in the lives of the Philippian believers. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that I may be rightfully proud of God’s work in you” or “so that I might glory in God’s work in you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2:16	heo4			εἰς καύχημα ἐμοὶ	1	Alternate translation: “so that I may boast” or “in order that I have good reason to glory”
 2:16	q7y8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ,	1	The phrase **the day of Christ** refers to the time in the future when Christ will return. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when Christ returns” or “at the time Christ returns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2:16	m5aq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον, οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα	1	The phrases **run in vain** and **labor in vain** have very similar meanings here. Paul uses these two phrases together to emphasize how hard he has worked to help people believe in Christ and mature in their obedience and love for him. You may translate these two phrases separately, as the ULT does, or if it would be clearer in your language, you may translate them together as a single phrase. Alternate translation: “I did not work so hard for nothing” or “I did not work hard with no lasting results” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 2:16	m1z7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον	1	Here Paul uses the word **run** metaphorically to mean “work.” Here Paul specifically means that he worked for the advancement of the gospel among the Philippians. Paul uses the word **run** to bring to the Philippians’ minds the image of a runner who is racing toward a finish line in order to win a prize. If this image is familiar to people in your culture, consider using this metaphor. But if this image is not familiar to your readers, consider stating this idea in plain language. Alternate translation: “I did not work for the advancement of the gospel uselessly” or “I did not work for the spread of the good news for nothing” or “I did not run the race uselessly”( See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2:16	wyyg			εἰς κενὸν	-1	Alternate translation: “for no purpose … for no purpose” or “without positive results … without positive results” or “for nothing … for nothing”
 2:16	btgu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα	1	Here Paul uses the word **labor** to refer to his spiritual work of sharing the gospel with the Philippian believers and working to help them grow in spiritual maturity. Paul assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to his spiritual work among them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “or work hard for nothing, trying to help you believe in Christ and obey him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2:17	p9km		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ	1	**But even if** connects the idea of running and laboring for the advance of the gospel, which Paul discussed in [2:16](../02/16.md), with what he says in the rest of this verse. Consider how to translate this phrase in your language in a way that shows this connection. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 2:17	j2ov		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	σπένδομαι ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1	The phrase **I am being poured out as an offering on the sacrifice** uses imagery from the Old Testament Jewish sacrificial system. A priest would sacrifice an animal on the altar as a burnt offering to God and then pour out wine as a drink offering to God, in order to make the sacrifice complete. See [Num 28:7](../num/28/07.md). If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, consider using it here, but if this imagery would be confusing in your culture, consider translating this imagery using plain language. Alternate translation: “I work and give my life for your sake in order to complete the sacrificial service of your faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 2:17	xlv0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σπένδομαι	1	Paul uses the phrase **I am being poured out as an offering** to depict his imprisonment and suffering for the advancement of the gospel. Paul probably is also thinking of the fact that he could be killed in the future for preaching the gospel. If this metaphor would not be clear in your language, consider using plain language to express this idea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2:17	ji4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	σπένδομαι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the abstract noun **offering** by using a verbal form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:17	thi0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “on your sacrifice and service which you offer because you believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2:17	ip8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1	The words **sacrifice** and **service** express a single idea by using two words connected by **and**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning as a single idea or phrase. Alternate translation: “to complete your sacrificial service which you offer because you believe the gospel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 2:17	s1j9			χαίρω καὶ συνχαίρω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν	1	The phrase **I rejoice and rejoice with you all** is Paul’s summary of his attitude toward his hard work and suffering on behalf of the Philippians, which he described in [2:16](../02/16.md) and in this verse.
 2:18	bicj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ & αὐτὸ	1	The phrase **in the same manner** refers to the Philippian Christians rejoicing in the same manner that Paul said he would rejoice in previous verse [2:17](../02/17.md). If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way that I rejoice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2:18	dr9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	καὶ ὑμεῖς χαίρετε καὶ συνχαίρετέ μοι	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThe phrases **you also rejoice** and **rejoice with me** are both commands or instructions given to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I urge each of you to rejoice, and also to rejoice with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 2:19	gml9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐλπίζω δὲ ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **hope** with a verb form such as “hoping.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:20	d9mw			οὐδένα γὰρ ἔχω ἰσόψυχον	1	Alternate translation: “For I have no one else who loves you like I do”
 2:21	b922		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ πάντες γὰρ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ζητοῦσιν, οὐ τὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Here the words **they** and **their** refer to a group of people Paul does not think he can trust to help the believers in Philippi. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating that explicitly. Alternate translation: “All the other people I might send to you seek what they want and not the things Jesus Christ wants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2:22	gm8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς πατρὶ τέκνον, σὺν ἐμοὶ ἐδούλευσεν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	The point of this comparison is that children learn from their fathers and try to follow and imitate them as they work alongside them. Paul was not Timothy’s biological father, but he uses this simile to illustrate how Timothy worked alongside him and learned from him as, together, they advanced the gospel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he learned from me and did what I did as he served with me in the gospel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 2:22	clvw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δὲ δοκιμὴν αὐτοῦ γινώσκετε	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **worth** with an adjective such as “valuable” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “But you know how valuable Timothy is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:22	xdn5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	Here, **the gospel** means the work of advancing the gospel. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in gospel work” or “in working to spread the gospel” or “in the work of telling people the good news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2:24	yn62			πέποιθα & ἐν Κυρίῳ, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι	1	Alternate translation: “I am sure, if it is the Lord’s will, that I will also come soon”
 2:24	qqpo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι.	1	Here, the word **also** expresses that Paul was confident that he would be able to visit the Philippian Christians too, in addition to sending Timothy to them. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that I myself, in addition to Timothy, will also come soon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2:24	wbpc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι	1	Your language may say “go” instead of **come** in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “that I myself will also go soon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 2:25	k4wz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἐπαφρόδιτον	1	**Epaphroditus** is the name of a man sent by the Philippian church to minister to Paul in prison. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2:25	csw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀδελφὸν & μου	1	Here the phrase **my brother** does not mean that Epaphroditus was Paul’s biological brother. Rather, Paul calls Epaphroditus his **brother** because they were both members of God’s spiritual family through their faith in Jesus Christ. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my spiritual brother” or “my brother in Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2:25	c3ce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	συνστρατιώτην	1	Here the phrase **fellow soldier** does not mean that Epaphroditus and Paul were actual soldiers in a military. What Paul means is that he and Epaphroditus were spiritual soldiers fighting together beside God in the spiritual battle against Satan and evil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly or modify the phrase **fellow soldier** to further explain what Paul means, or you could express the meaning of **fellow soldier** by turning it into a simile, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “fellow believer who works and struggles along with us” or “fellow soldier of God” or “fellow warrior for God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2:25	qsd6			ὑμῶν & ἀπόστολον καὶ λειτουργὸν τῆς χρείας μου	1	Alternate translation: “who brings your messages to me and helps me in my need”
 2:26	gxn9			ἐπιποθῶν ἦν πάντας ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἀδημονῶν	1	Alternate translation: “he has wanted to be with you all and is deeply concerned”
 2:26	wdvh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐπειδὴ ἐπιποθῶν ἦν πάντας ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἀδημονῶν διότι ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἠσθένησεν	1	In this verse all three uses of the pronoun **he** refer to Epaphroditus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural. Alternate translation: “seeing that Epaphroditus has been longing to be with you all and is distressed because you heard that he was sick” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2:27	d3ou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καὶ γὰρ ἠσθένησεν παραπλήσιον θανάτῳ, ἀλλὰ ὁ Θεὸς ἠλέησεν αὐτόν, οὐκ αὐτὸν δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμέ, ἵνα μὴ λύπην ἐπὶ λύπην σχῶ	1	Here the pronoun **he** refers to Epaphroditus, as do both uses of the pronoun **him**. If this would be unclear in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation. Alternate translation: “For indeed Epaphroditus was sick nearly to death. But God had mercy on him, and not on him only, but also on me, so that I might not have sorrow upon sorrow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2:27	rl0m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἠσθένησεν παραπλήσιον θανάτῳ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** with an adjective such as “dying” or with a verbal form such as **died**, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “he was sick nearly to the point of dying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:27	n0zd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀλλὰ ὁ Θεὸς ἠλέησεν αὐτόν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **mercy** with an adjective such as “merciful” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “but God was merciful to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:27	ioqq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λύπην ἐπὶ λύπην	1	If it would be helpful in your language, consider using an equivalent expression for **sorrow upon sorrow**, or state the meaning of this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “sorrow added to sorrow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2:27	dzgz			λύπην ἐπὶ λύπην	1	The expression **sorrow upon sorrow** could mean: (1) adding the sorrow of Epaphroditus’ death to the sorrow of Epaphroditus’ sickness. Alternate translation: “the sorrow of Epaphroditus’ death added to the sorrow of his sickness” (2) adding the sorrow of Epaphroditus’ death to the sorrow of Paul’s imprisonment. Alternate translation: “the sorrow of Epaphroditus’ death added to the sorrow of my imprisonment”
 2:28	kt1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	σπουδαιοτέρως οὖν ἔπεμψα αὐτὸν, ἵνα ἰδόντες αὐτὸν πάλιν, χαρῆτε κἀγὼ ἀλυπότερος ὦ	1	Here, both occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to Epaphroditus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying who **him** is referring to in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I sent Epaphroditus all the more eagerly, so that, having seen him again, you might rejoice, and I might be free from pain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2:28	y5gc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κἀγὼ ἀλυπότερος ὦ	1	Here when Paul refers to **pain**, he is referring to emotional pain. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **pain**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **pain** with an adjective such as “anxious” or “concerned” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “and I might be less anxious” or “and I might be less concerned about you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:29	y95x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	προσδέχεσθε & αὐτὸν	1	The word **welcome** is a command or instruction in plural form to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I exhort all of you to welcome him” or “all of you receive him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 2:29	qx14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν Κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης χαρᾶς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adverb such as “joyfully,” as the UST does, or you can use a verbal form of this word such as “rejoicing.” Alternate translation: “Therefore, welcome him in the Lord with rejoicing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:29	l59w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἐντίμους ἔχετε	1	The phrase **hold in honor** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I exhort each of you to hold in honor” or “each of you honor” or “all of you honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 2:29	lk2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐντίμους ἔχετε	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **honor**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **honor** with a verbal form of **honor** as the UST does, or in some other way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:30	ns1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὅτι διὰ τὸ ἔργον Χριστοῦ μέχρι θανάτου ἤγγισεν, παραβολευσάμενος τῇ ψυχῇ, ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας	1	Here, the pronouns **he** and **him** refer to Epaphroditus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “since for the sake of the work of Christ, Epaphroditus came near even to death, risking his life so that he might make up your lack of service to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2:30	vj8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	διὰ τὸ ἔργον Χριστοῦ	1	In the phrase **the work of Christ**, Paul is using the possessive form to describe work that is done for Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this phrase in some other way. Alternate translation: “for the sake of working for Christ” or “as a result of working for Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2:30	nhja		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὸ ἔργον Χριστοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **work**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **work** with a verbal form such as “working.” Alternate translation: “for the sake of working for Christ” or “as a result of working for Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:30	ffly		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μέχρι θανάτου ἤγγισεν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** with an adjective such as “dying” or with a verbal form such as **died**, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “he was close to dying” or “he came close to dying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:30	kjti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	παραβολευσάμενος τῇ ψυχῇ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you can express the idea behind the phrase **risking his life** in some other way. Alternate translation: “running the risk of dying” or “taking the risk that he would die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:30	x4rl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **service**, you can express the idea behind the word **service** by using a verb form such as “serve.” Alternate translation: “so that he might make up for your being unable to serve me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2:30	g98z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας	1	The **lack of service** Paul speaks of here is the inability of the Philippian believers to be present with him in prison. By sending Epaphroditus to Paul, the Philippian believers ministered to Paul’s needs through Epaphroditus, and so Epaphroditus supplied what they could not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that he might supply what you could not give me” or “so that he might make up for what you could not give” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 3:intro	btx3				0	# Philippians 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn verses 4–8, Paul lists the ways he qualifies for being considered a righteous Jew. In every way, Paul was an exemplary Jew, but he contrasts this with the greatness of knowing Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Dogs\n\nThe people of the ancient Near East used dogs as an image to refer to people in a negative way. Not all cultures use the term “dogs” in this way.\n\n### Resurrected bodies\n\nWe know very little about what people will be like in heaven. Paul teaches here that Christians will have some kind of glorious body and will be free from sin. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Prize\n\nPaul uses an extended illustration to describe the Christian life. The goal of the Christian life is to grow to be like Christ while we live on earth. We can never achieve this goal perfectly, but we must strive for it.
 3:1	zu9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	Paul is using the term **brothers** here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. See how you translated this word in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 3:1	ymm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	The word **rejoice** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I exhort each of you to rejoice in the Lord” or “each of you rejoice in the Lord” or “all of you rejoice in the Lord” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular)
 3:1	b8y6			ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	Alternate translation: “in your relationship with the Lord” or “in who the Lord is and what he has done”
 3:1	qb78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμῖν δὲ ἀσφαλές	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly how writing these things is a **safeguard** for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “and these teachings will protect you from those who teach what is false” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 3:2	ttws		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	βλέπετε	-1	All three times that the phrase **Beware** occurs in this verse, it is a command or instruction given to all of the Philippian believers. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I exhort each of you to beware of” or “Each of you beware of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 3:2	ny6y			βλέπετε	-1	Alternate translation: “Watch out for” or “Look out for” or “Be on guard against”
 3:2	zin8			τοὺς κύνας & τοὺς κακοὺς ἐργάτας & τὴν κατατομήν	1	The phrases **the dogs**, **the evil workers**, and **the mutilation** are three different ways of describing the same group of Jewish teachers who were corrupting the gospel. Paul uses strong expressions to convey his feelings about these Jewish teachers.
 3:2	yeax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοὺς κύνας	1	Paul speaks of the Jewish teachers who were corrupting the gospel as though they were **dogs** in order to show strong contempt for them. A dog is an animal that is common in many parts of the world. Dogs are despised in some cultures but not despised in other cultures, so using the term **dogs** in some cultures may not have the same derogatory or negative meaning that Paul intended. If you have a different animal in your culture that is despised or whose name is used as an insult, you could use this animal instead, if it would fit well in this context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 3:2	n44a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κακοὺς ἐργάτας	1	Here, the phrase **evil workers** refers to Jewish teachers who were teaching things that were contrary to the gospel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this phrase using plain language. Alternate translation: “false teachers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 3:2	vc2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν κατατομήν	1	The word **mutilation** is a sarcastic way of referring to circumcision, and the phrase **the mutilation** is a sarcastic way of referring to the people who taught that circumcision was necessary in order to be in right standing with God. By using the term **mutilation**, Paul is showing the Philippian believers that those who trust in circumcision, and not solely in Christ, mistakenly think that they can earn God’s favor by cutting their bodies. Consider the term that would best communicate this idea in your language, or you could state this using plain language. Alternate translation: “those who cut themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 3:2	x8r2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὴν κατατομήν	1	Here, **the mutilation** refers to the Jewish teachers, all circumcised, who were corrupting the gospel by teaching that it was necessary to be circumcised. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 3:3	y8yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς γάρ ἐσμεν	1	Here Paul uses **we** to refer to himself and the Philippian believers and anyone else who believes in Christ, so **we** is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 3:3	xt5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ περιτομή	1	In contrast to its normal usage in the Bible, here Paul uses the term **the circumcision** as a metonym to refer to all true Christians. Normally, the term **the circumcision** was used to refer to Jewish males, all circumcised, but here Paul intentionally uses this term with a spiritual sense to refer to all Christians, both Jews and non-Jew. This would have been surprising to his readers. Paul’s use of **the circumcision** here refers to the inward, spiritual circumcision that the Holy Spirit performs in the hearts of all true Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this term using plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 3:3	wn2n			οἱ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ λατρεύοντες	1	Alternate translation: “the ones who are empowered by God’s Spirit to worship him” or “the ones who are enabled to worship God by his Spirit” or “the ones who worship God through his Spirit”
 3:3	k8ph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες	1	You can state explicitly that Paul did not have any **confidence** in the “works of” **the flesh**. Alternate translation: “having no confidence in the works of the flesh” or “not trusting that circumcision will please God” or “not trusting that being circumcized will earn God’s favor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 3:3	nkrs			καυχώμενοι ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες	1	The phrase **boasting in Christ Jesus** and the phrase **and having no confidence in the flesh** are complementary ideas which express a similar truth. If people truly place their confidence in Christ as their only means of earning God’s favor, they will not put their confidence in themselves or religious acts. Conversely, if people put their confidence in religious rituals and observances, they cannot place their full confidence in Christ. Consider the best way to clearly express these coordinate ideas in your language.
 3:3	ox7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	καὶ οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **confidence**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **confidence** with an adjective such as **trusting** or a verbal form such as **trust.** Alternate translation: “and we do not trust in our flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:4	upw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐγὼ ἔχων πεποίθησιν καὶ ἐν σαρκί. εἴ τις δοκεῖ ἄλλος πεποιθέναι ἐν σαρκί, ἐγὼ μᾶλλον	1	Using a type of hypothetical situation, Paul recites his own credentials to illustrate that if observing the law could earn God’s favor, then he had more reason to boast than anyone else. His purpose is to teach the Philippian believers that they should only trust in Christ and not trust in other things to earn God’s favor. Paul explains in [3:7–11](../03/07.md) that his hope is in Christ and not in the things he lists in the next two verses. Alternate translation: “We do not trust in those rituals to make us acceptable to God, although I could very well do that if it would be useful for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 3:5	d5bq			περιτομῇ ὀκταήμερος ἐκ γένους Ἰσραήλ φυλῆς Βενιαμείν, Ἑβραῖος ἐξ Ἑβραίων, κατὰ νόμον Φαρισαῖος	1	In this verse and the next verse, Paul lists a total of seven things in which he put his confidence before he believed in Christ. In this verse he lists five of those things and in the next verse he lists the remaining two.
 3:5	yq98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	φυλῆς Βενιαμείν	1	The phrase **of the tribe of Benjamin** means that Paul was from the Israelite tribe of Benjamin and therefore descended from Jacob’s son Benjamin. Consider the best way to say this in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 3:5	p4ik			Ἑβραῖος ἐξ Ἑβραίων	1	The phrase **a Hebrew of Hebrews** could mean: (1) that Paul had retained Hebrew customs and spoke the language of the Hebrew people, which was Aramaic. (2) that Paul had no Gentile ancestors, but rather was a pure-blooded Hebrew. Alternate translation: “a Hebrew whose parents and ancestors are all full-blooded Jews” (3) a combination of both of the above. Alternate translation: “a full-blooded Jew who has retained the Hebrew culture, customs, and language”
 3:5	we4t			κατὰ νόμον Φαρισαῖος	1	The phrase **according to the law, a Pharisee** means that prior to his conversion Paul had been a Pharisee. He related to the law of Moses as a Pharisee and, therefore, strictly obeyed it as well as the many rules scribes had added to try to safeguard the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “in relation to the law of Moses, I was a Pharisee” or “in relation to how I observed the law of Moses, I was a Pharisee, and therefore, I strictly obeyed every detail of it including the teachings of the scribes”
 3:6	f81s			κατὰ ζῆλος διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος	1	In this verse Paul finishes naming the things in which he put his confidence before he believed in Christ.
 3:6	ksr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατὰ ζῆλος διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	Here, the phrase **persecuting the church** is explaining the extent of Paul’s **zeal**. Before Paul believed in Jesus, he thought that by **persecuting the church**, he was serving God and ensuring that the law of Moses was honored and obeyed. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning of the phrase **according to zeal, persecuting the church** plainly. Alternate translation: “having so much desire to serve God that I persecuted the church” or “wanting so much to honor God, I persecuted the church” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 3:6	n51b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	Here, **church** is a collective noun. The phrase **the church** refers to Christians as a whole and includes anyone belonging to the group of people who follow Jesus. What Paul means by saying that he had persecuted **the church** is that he formerly persecuted anyone who was a Christian. Alternate translation: “persecuting Christians” or “persecuting anyone who was a Christian” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 3:6	hln8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος	1	The phrase **righteousness {that is} in the law** refers to obeying the righteous guidelines for living that the law of Moses required. Paul obeyed the law so carefully that he believed that no one could find any part of it that he disobeyed. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “As regards obeying the law of Moses, no one could say that I ever disobeyed the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 3:7	i2td		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν	1	This entire verse is Paul’s response to the seven things he listed in [3:5–6](../03/05.md), which he once considered to be spiritually and religiously profitable to himself. In this verse Paul contrasts his former way of viewing things when he was a Pharisee with his new way of viewing things now that he believes in Christ. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 3:7	lb8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν	1	In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the words **gains** and **loss** were common business terms used for accounting to describe things a business person determined to be either profitable or unprofitable. Here, Paul is using these two terms metaphorically to portray the things he considers spiritually profitable and unprofitable. If your language has similar business or accounting terms that would be natural to use in this context, consider using them here. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly counted as gains, these things I now count as loss for the sake of Christ” or “Whatever things I formerly accounted as gains, these things I now account as loss for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 3:7	n4lg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη	1	Here, the phrase **Whatever things were gains for me** refers specifically to the list of seven things that Paul has just listed in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) and to anything else in which he would have put confidence before he believed in Christ. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly considered profitable” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 3:7	nwdi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **gains**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **gains** by using an adjective such as **profitable**, or you can express it in some other way. Alternate translation: “Whatever things were profitable for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:7	yxtx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **loss**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **loss** by using a verbal phrase such as “worth losing”. Alternate translation: “I consider these things worth losing for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:8	e1fp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀλλὰ μενοῦνγε καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν εἶναι, διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου, δι’ ὃν τὰ πάντα ἐζημιώθην καὶ ἡγοῦμαι σκύβαλα, ἵνα Χριστὸν κερδήσω	1	In this verse Paul continues the business metaphor which he began in [3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 3:8	epts			ἡγοῦμαι	1	See how you translated the word **consider** in [3:7](../03/07.md).
 3:8	wugj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ζημίαν	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **loss** in [3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “worth losing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:8	iji5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν εἶναι, διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **value**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **value** with an adjective such as “valuable.” Alternate translation: “I consider everything worth losing for the sake of what is most valuable, namely, knowing Christ Jesus my Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:8	dxql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** with a verbal form such as “knowing.” Alternate translation: “because of the surpassing value of knowing Christ Jesus my Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:8	cv55			διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου	1	Alternate translation: “because knowing Christ Jesus my Lord is worth so much more”
 3:8	g1hy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου	1	Here, the word **knowledge** does not refer to simply being mentally aware of something or someone, but rather, it refers to having a deep, intimate, personal knowledge or experience of someone or something. Here, it refers to having an intimate and personal knowledge or experience of Christ. Consider the best way to express this meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “of intimately knowing Christ Jesus my Lord” or “of deeply knowing and experiencing Christ Jesus my Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 3:8	dh2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	δι’ ὃν τὰ πάντα ἐζημιώθην	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **loss** earlier in this verse and in [3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “for whom I have willingly lost all things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:8	cez0			ἡγοῦμαι	2	See how you translated the word **consider** earlier in this verse and in [3:7](../03/07.md).
 3:8	ovd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σκύβαλα	1	During Paul’s time the word **dung** was used to refer to excrement and things which were considered worthless and worthy of being thrown out. In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the term **dung** was a crude term that referred to things that were discarded as garbage, including dung, and the specific meaning was determined by context. Here, this word could be referring to: (1) excrement, since in the preceding verses Paul has been discussing what comes from the flesh. Alternate translation: “excrement” or “crap” (2) garbage, since Paul is discussing what he now considers worth throwing away in order to gain and know Christ. Alternate translation: “garbage” or “refuse” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 3:8	vgf5			κερδήσω	1	See how you translated the word **gains** in [3:7](../03/07.md).
 3:8	h3kq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα Χριστὸν κερδήσω	1	The phrase **so that** is a purpose clause. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of gaining Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 3:9	iy4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ εὑρεθῶ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the passive verbal phrase **be found** with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “and God might find me belonging to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 3:9	ubvr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μὴ ἔχων ἐμὴν δικαιοσύνην, τὴν ἐκ νόμου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in some other way. Alternate translation: “not being able to please God by keeping the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:9	w62g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀλλὰ τὴν διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the idea behind **faith** by using a verbal form. Alternate translation: “but that which comes by believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:9	g9a9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀλλὰ τὴν διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ	1	Here, the word **that** refers to “righteousness.” Paul assumes his readers will know this from the context. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the righteousness which is through faith in Christ” or “but the righteousness which comes by faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 3:9	pbgf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ τῇ πίστε	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in some other way. See how you translated **righteousness** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “being pleasing to God by believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:9	jmqf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ τῇ πίστε	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the idea behind **faith** by using a verbal form. See how you translated **faith** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “but the righteousness from God, which comes by believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:9	dely		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει	1	In the phrase **by faith**, Paul is leaving out some words that would be needed to complete the sentence in many languages. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “which comes by faith” or “which is received through faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 3:10	ot4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτὸν, καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ, συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ	1	All occurrences of the pronouns **him** and **his** in this verse refer to Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to know Christ and the power of his resurrection and the fellowship of his sufferings, being conformed to his death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 3:10	vj4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	The first occurrence of the word **and** indicates that what follows is the Paul’s explanation of how specifically he wants to know Christ. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 3:10	tam1			τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτὸν, καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, he closely connects the phrase **the power of his resurrection** and the phrase **the fellowship of his sufferings**. He does this because in Paul’s mind these two things are inseparably linked, and a person cannot know the power of Christ’s resurrection without first sharing in Christ’s suffering. Consider the best way to show the close connection between these two phrases in your language.
 3:10	ngz6			τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτὸν	1	See how you translated the word “knowledge” in [3:8](../03/08.md). Here, the word **know** does not refer to simply being mentally aware of something or someone, but rather, it refers to having a deep, intimate, personal knowledge or experience of something or someone. Here, it refers to having an intimate and personal knowledge or experience of Christ. Consider the best way to express this meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “to intimately know Christ” or “to deeply know and experience him”
 3:10	fpij		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	δύναμιν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the idea behind **power** by using an adverb such as “powerfully,” as modeled in UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:10	vqb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use abstract noun for the idea of **fellowship**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verbal form such as “participate” or “sharing.” Alternate translation: “and to participate in his sufferings” or “and the sharing of his sufferings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:10	qm5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of suffering, you can express the idea behind the word **sufferings** by using a verbal form such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “and to suffer with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:10	r3gz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	2	Here, the word **and** indicates that what follows is the second aspect of knowing Christ, which Paul introduces in explanation of how specifically he wants to know Christ. Alternate translation: “and to know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 3:10	xw42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the phrase **being conformed to** with an active form. Alternate translation: “taking on the likeness of his death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 3:10	ps0j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verbal form such as “die.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:11	l4rm			τὴν ἐξανάστασιν τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	Alternate translation: “the resurrection from the dead”
 3:12	xk5q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	οὐχ ὅτι ἤδη ἔλαβον	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThe word **{it}** in the phrase **Not that I already received {it}** could be referring to: (1) spiritual perfection and completion. This phrase would then mean that Paul is saying that he is not yet spiritually perfect or complete. Alternate translation: “Not that I have already attained spiritual perfection” or “Not that I am already spiritually complete” or “Not that God’s work in me is already complete” or “Not that God’s work in me is already perfected” (2) that Paul has not yet reached the goals he has for himself and so has not received his reward. Alternate translation: “Not that I have yet reached my goals and received my reward from God” (3) Paul has not yet finished the work God gave him to do with his life, and then died and received his reward from God. Alternate translation: “Not that I have finished my work and received my reward from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 3:12	ms3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἢ ἤδη τετελείωμαι	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the phrase **been made perfect** with an active form. Alternate translation: “or think that God has already made me perfect” or “or think that God has already completed his work in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 3:12	h8p7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἤδη τετελείωμαι	1	In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the word **perfect** means that someone or something has reached full completion and therefore reached its intended purpose or goal. It can also refer to someone reaching full maturity and is used in the New Testament of Christians reaching completeness of Christ-like character. Alternate translation: “been brought to completion” or “have already been made complete” or “have already reached full maturity” or “have already reached full Christ-likeness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 3:12	k9ar		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἤδη τετελείωμαι	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **been made perfect** with an active form. Alternate translation: “that God has already perfected me” or “that God has already perfected his work in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 3:12	m52v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καταλάβω, ἐφ’ ᾧ καὶ κατελήμφθην ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **I was also grasped by Christ Jesus** with an active form. Alternate translation: “I might grasp the things for which Christ Jesus grasped me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 3:13	tzg8			ἀδελφοί	1	See how you translated the word **Brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md) and [3:1](../03/01.md).
 3:13	kqk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ ἐμαυτὸν οὐ λογίζομαι κατειληφέναι	1	Paul does not explicitly state what **{it}** is that he has not yet **grasped**. He is probably referring to becoming perfectly like Jesus and to fully knowing Jesus. You may choose to state this in your translation, as the UST does, or you may leave it ambiguous, as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 3:13	hjs9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἓν δέ	1	In the phrase **But one thing**, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But take note of this one thing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 3:13	ia2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ μὲν ὀπίσω ἐπιλανθανόμενος, τοῖς δὲ ἔμπροσθεν ἐπεκτεινόμενος	1	In the phrase **forgetting {what is} behind and straining for {what is} ahead**, Paul is using the imagery of a person who is in a race to win a prize. Paul portrays himself as a runner in this metaphor, and he continues using this metaphor until the end of [Philippians 3:14](../03/14.md). If this metaphor is unfamiliar in your culture, consider using another metaphor that would be familiar to your readers, or you may state this in plain language, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “like a runner, I forget what is behind me and put all of my effort into running toward the finish line in front of me” or “like a runner, I have one focus, and therefore I do not look backward as I run, but only look forward as I strain with all my might so that I will reach the finish line” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 3:14	z39s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον	1	In this verse Paul continues using the metaphor of a runner who is competing in a foot race in order to win a prize. In this verse Paul says that his **goal**, which he works hard for, is to win the **prize** which God promises to give every person who obediently follows Christ. If this metaphor would be unfamiliar in your culture, consider using another metaphor, or use plain language to translate the idea behind this metaphor. Alternate translation: “I do all I can to pursue the goal of winning the prize of God’s upward call in Christ Jesus” or “I work hard so that I can reach my goal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 3:14	jhtv			σκοπὸν & εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The phrases **the goal** and **the prize** could be related to each other in one of two ways. They could: (1) be focusing on the same basic idea. Alternate translation: “the goal, which is to be given the prize of God’s upward call” or “my goal, which is to receive the prize of God’s upward call” (2) be focusing on different things, in which case **the goal** is referring to the goal of Paul’s life, while **the prize** is referring to what Paul hopes to receive once he has successfully achieved his goal. Alternate translation: “the goal and toward being given the prize of God’s upward call” or “the goal and toward receiving the prize of God’s upward call”
 3:14	lmr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The phrase **the prize of the upward calling of God** could mean: (1) that **the prize** is **the upward calling of God**. Alternate translation: “receive the prize of God’s upward call” or “receive the prize of God’s heavenward invitation” (2) that the **upward calling of God** is a call to come and receive God’s **prize**. Alternate translation: “answer God’s upward call to receive his prize” or “answer God’s invitation to receive his prize” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 3:14	cq3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The word **upward** probably refers to both the origin of God’s call and to the direction of God’s call. In other words, the phrase **the upward calling of God** probably refers both to the fact that the **calling** is from God and that the calling is also a heavenly calling to move towards God. Alternate translation: “God’s heavenward call” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 3:14	agwg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	The phrase **in Christ Jesus** could be: (1) modifying the phrase **the upward calling of God**. (2) modifying the phrase **I press on**. Alternate translation: “I press on in Christ Jesus toward the goal for the prize of the upward calling of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 3:14	d75h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **goal**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **goal** in another way. Alternate translation: “I make it my main focus to win the prize of God’s upward calling in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:15	de4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1	The word **Therefore** indicates that Paul is transitioning from teaching the Philippians by using his personal experience ([Philippians 3:4–14](../03/04.md)) to exhorting them ([Philippians 3:15–17](../03/15.md)). Use the form that would best express this meaning in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 3:15	ki7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὅσοι	1	The phrase **as many as** is missing some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as many of you as” or “all of you who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 3:15	pb9p			ὅσοι & τέλειοι	1	Here, the word **perfect** does not mean “without sin,” but rather it means “spiritually mature.” Alternate translation: “as many as are spiritually mature”
 3:15	yy22			καὶ τοῦτο ὁ Θεὸς ὑμῖν ἀποκαλύψει	1	Alternate translation: “God will also make it clear to you” or “God will make sure you know it”
 3:16	pxn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	εἰς ὃ ἐφθάσαμεν, τῷ αὐτῷ στοιχεῖν	1	When Paul says **we** in this verse, he is speaking of himself and the Philippian Christians, so **we** is inclusive here. Your language may require you to mark these two uses of **we** as inclusive forms. Alternate translation: “let us all continue obeying the same truths we have already received” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 3:16	p3pm			εἰς ὃ ἐφθάσαμεν, τῷ αὐτῷ στοιχεῖν	1	Alternate translation: “in the things that we have attained so far, we should live in them” or “in the things that we have believed so far, we should obey them” or “in the things that we have believed so far, we should act on them”
 3:17	jed4			συνμιμηταί μου γίνεσθε	1	Alternate translation: “Do what I do” or “Live as I live”
 3:17	yvor		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	γίνεσθε	1	The word **Become** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I exhort each of you to become” or “Each of you become” or “I command each of you to become” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular)
 3:17	uxc5			ἀδελφοί	1	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
 3:17	mo8a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σκοπεῖτε	1	The phrase **watch closely** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I exhort each of you to watch closely” or “each of you watch closely” or “I urge each of you to watch closely” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular)
 3:17	h4tv			τοὺς οὕτω περιπατοῦντας, καθὼς ἔχετε τύπον ἡμᾶς	1	Alternate translation: “those people who are already living just as I live and follow our example” or “those people who are already doing what I do and imitating us”
 3:18	ab61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πολλοὶ γὰρ περιπατοῦσιν	1	Here, the word **walk** is a Jewish figure of speech meaning to “live” or to “conduct one’s life.” In Jewish culture a person’s behavior was spoken of as if that person was walking along a path. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this in plain language. Alternate translation: “For many live” or “For many people conduct their lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 3:18	zwp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πολλοὶ γὰρ	1	The phrase **For many** leaves out a word that would be needed in some languages to be completely clear. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply the missing word from the context. Alternate translation: “For many people walk” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 3:18	h6pc			νῦν δὲ καὶ κλαίων	1	Alternate translation: “but now telling you with great sadness”
 3:18	n8q2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Paul is describing the good news of Jesus’ death and resurrection and the work of sharing this good news by associating these things with **the cross of Christ**. Here, the phrase **the cross of Christ** is synonymous with the gospel message and the work of spreading the gospel message. The phrase **enemies of the cross of Christ** refers to the people who are opposed to the message of the gospel and who oppose the people who share the gospel with others. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this with plain language. Alternate translation: “as enemies of the good news about Jesus” or “as enemies of the message about Jesus and enemies of those who proclaim it” or “as enemies of the message about Jesus and enemies of those who share it with others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 3:19	v8gv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **end**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **end** in another way. Alternate translation: “whom God will destroy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:19	vcap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** by using a verb such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “whom God will destroy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:19	hn9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ὧν ὁ Θεὸς ἡ κοιλία	1	Here Paul uses **belly** to represent all physical desires for pleasure. By Paul calling their **belly** their **god**, he means that these people love and serve their physical desire for pleasure rather than loving and serving God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “who serve their desire for food and other pleasures rather than serve God” or “who obey their physical appetites instead of obeying God” or “who love pleasure more than they love God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 3:19	u9cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν	1	Here, **shame** stands for the actions that people should be ashamed of but are not. Alternate translation: “they are proud of the things that should cause them shame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 3:19	exy0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** by using an adjective such as “proud.” Alternate translation: “who take pride in what should bring them shame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:19	r3t0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **shame**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **shame** by using an adjective such as “ashamed.” Alternate translation: “ who take pride in what should cause them to be ashamed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:19	sv5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες	1	Here, **earthly** refers to all the things that pertain to everyday living on earth. Alternate translation: “who only think about the things here on this earth” or “who only think about the things of this life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 3:19	n8e3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες	1	The implied contrast that Paul is making here is between earthly things and spiritual things. Alternate translation: “who think about is earthly things instead of the things of God” or “who only think about earthly things instead of the things of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 3:20	q1cc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν & ἀπεκδεχόμεθα	1	Here when Paul uses **our** and **we**, he is referring to himself and the believers in Philippi, so **our** and **we** are inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 3:20	u8yr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πολίτευμα	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **citizenship**, you can express the idea behind **citizenship** with a concrete noun such as “citizen.” Alternate translation: “status as citizens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 3:21	r3zw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	σώματι τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the pronoun **his** refers to Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ’s glorious body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 3:21	deci		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ δύνασθαι αὐτὸν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** in some other way. Alternate translation: “of his might and ability” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 4:1	oax3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὥστε	1	Here Paul uses the word **Therefore** as a transition word to introduce the exhortations to the Philippian Christians which he is about to give and which are based on the things that he has said before this verse. Consider the best word or phrase to use in your language to show this meaning. Alternate translation: “So then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 4:1	ngs7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 4:1	fe2y			ἀγαπητοὶ καὶ ἐπιπόθητοι	1	Alternate translation: “whom I love and greatly desire to see”
 4:1	wx5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** by using a verbal form such as “rejoice” or by using an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “who cause me to be very happy and are my crown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 4:1	lg9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου	1	The phrase **my joy and crown** could refer to: (1) Paul’s current feelings of joy regarding the Philippian Christians and his future hope of being rewarded for his labor among them. Alternate translation: “my source of joy and my future hope of being rewarded when Christ returns” (2) Paul’s joy and reward in the future when Christ returns. Alternate translation: “my hope for joy and reward when Christ returns” (3) Paul’s present joy in the Philippian believers and his present feeling that they are his reward for his work among them. Alternate translation: “my joy and reward” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 4:1	kvsk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	στέφανός	1	Paul speaks of the Philippian Christians as if they were his **crown**. At the time Paul wrote this letter, a **crown** was made of leaves and was worn by a person on their head as a sign of their achievement after they had won an important victory. Here, the word **crown** means that the Philippian Christians brought great honor to Paul before God and were a sign of his hard work among them. If your readers would not understand the meaning of this metaphor, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “my reward” or “my honor” or “the sign of my hard work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 4:1	t07j			οὕτως στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἀγαπητοί	1	Alternate translation: “so continue living for the Lord in the way that I have taught you, dear friends”
 4:1	dz44			οὕτως στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἀγαπητοί	1	The phrase **in this way** could refer to: (1) what comes before it, in which case this phrase would mean, “in the way that I have just explained to you” Alternate translation: “stand firm in the Lord in the way that I have just explained to you, beloved” (2) what Paul commands the Philippian Christians to do in [Philippians 4:2–9](../04/02.md). Alternate translation: “stand firm in the Lord, beloved, in this way”
 4:1	zu0i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	στήκετε	1	The phrase **stand firm** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 4:1	j6fp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	στήκετε	1	Here the phrase **stand firm** is used to refer to the imagery of a soldier remaining in place, not moved by the enemy. Here, Paul gives this metaphor a spiritual meaning to exhort the Philippian Christians to not change their minds but continue believing what they have already believed. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using another metaphor that would make sense in your culture, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “remain unmoved in your belief in Christ” or “remain firm in your faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 4:1	i8ad			οὕτως στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	Alternate translation: “stand firm in your union and relationship with the Lord” or “stand firm in your union and communion with the Lord”
 4:2	x5qf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Εὐοδίαν & Συντύχην	1	**Euodia** and **Syntyche** are the names of women. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 4:3	yb3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σέ	1	Here, **you** refers to the **true companion** and is singular. This is the only occurrence of the word **you** in Philippians that is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 4:3	hdz7			γνήσιε σύνζυγε	1	The phrase **true companion** refers to a person with whom the Philippian believers were familiar at that time but whose identity is no longer known. Alternate translation: “my faithful helper in the work of the gospel”
 4:3	wkp7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	αἵτινες ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ συνήθλησάν μοι	1	In the phrase **the gospel**, Paul is leaving out some of the words that would be needed in many languages for the sentence to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “who have labored with me in the work of spreading the gospel” or “who have labored with me in the work of telling people the gospel” or “who have labored with me in the work of sharing the gospel with people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 4:3	lb79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ	1	Here Paul is using the phrase **the gospel** to refer specifically to the work of telling other people about Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express plainly the idea behind this term. Alternate translation: “the work of spreading the gospel” or “the work of telling people the gospel” or “the work of sharing the gospel with people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 4:3	gfq5			τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ	1	See how you translated the phrase **the gospel** in [Philippians 1:5](../01/05.md).
 4:3	cm3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Κλήμεντος	1	**Clement** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 4:3	s9h9			ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς	1	Alternate translation: “whose names God has written in the Book of Life”
 4:4	elt7			χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	See how you translated the phrase **Rejoice in the Lord** in [Philippians 3:1](../03/01.md).
 4:4	sbdp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ πάντοτε, πάλιν ἐρῶ, χαίρετε!	1	Both occurrences of the word **Rejoice** are commands or instructions to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I urge you all to rejoice in the Lord at all times. Again I will say it, I urge each of you to rejoice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 4:5	hopf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	τὸ ἐπιεικὲς ὑμῶν γνωσθήτω	1	The phrase **Let your gentleness be known** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 4:5	mo7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a general sense to mean all people in general, including women. Alternate translation: “to all people” or “to everyone.” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations)
 4:5	snk5			ὁ Κύριος ἐγγύς	1	The phrase **The Lord {is} near** could mean: (1) that the day that Jesus will return is coming soon. Alternate translation: “The Lord will return soon” or “The Lord is coming is near” or “The second coming of the Lord is near” (2) the Lord was near to the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: “The Lord is near to you”
 4:6	w5gk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	μηδὲν μεριμνᾶτε	1	**Be anxious about nothing** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 4:6	h63g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1	Here, the word **but** shows a contrast between the phrase **Be anxious** and the phrase **by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God**. Consider the best way to show this contrast in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 4:6	mcvt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἐν παντὶ	1	The phrase **in everything** could refer to: (1) all situations. Alternate translation: “in all situations” or “in all circumstances.” (2) time. Alternate translation: “at all times” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 4:6	ahul		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει	1	The words **prayer** and **petition** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used both for emphasis and comprehensiveness. Petition is a type of prayer in which a person asks God for things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these two words. Alternate translation: “by prayer” or “in prayer”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 4:6	stab		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** with a verb such as “praying” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “by praying and making a petition” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 4:6	pqyr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **petition**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **petition** by using a verbal form such as “petitioning” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “by praying and petitioning God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 4:6	izqi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ εὐχαριστίας	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **thanksgiving**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **thanksgiving** with a verb such as “thank” or in a verbal phrase such as “giving thanks.” Alternate translation: “and giving thanks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 4:6	f4t5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	τὰ αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωριζέσθω	1	The phrase **let your requests be known** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 4:6	a443		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὰ αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωριζέσθω πρὸς τὸν Θεό	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **requests**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **requests** in some other way. Alternate translation: “tell God your needs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 4:7	jgba		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Here, the word **and** shows that what follows is the result of practicing what comes before **and** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 4:7	u1sz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The phrase **the peace of God** refers to the peace which God gives. Alternate translation: “the peace that God gives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 4:7	gejd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	Θεοῦ ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν	1	If your readers not understand the abstract noun **peace**, you could express the meaning with an adjectival phrase such as “at peace” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “then God will help you be confident in God, even if you don’t understand everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 4:7	zr4x			ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν	1	The phrase **which surpasses all understanding** could mean: (1) that the peace God gives is so great that human minds are not able to understand it. Alternate translation: “which is greater than we can understand” (2) that the peace that God gives is superior to anything that humans can contrive through their own efforts. Alternate translation: “which humans cannot accomplish or attain by their own efforts”
 4:7	sauc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **understanding**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **understanding** by using a verbal form such as “understand.” Alternate translation: “which is greater than we can understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 4:7	sb6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	φρουρήσει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν	1	The word **guard** is a military term which refers to a soldier guarding a city or a fortress in order to protect it from enemy attacks. Here Paul presents God’s peace as if it were a soldier who protects **hearts** and **minds** from worrying, and so this phrase literally means “will be like a soldier and guard your hearts and minds” or “will be like a soldier standing guard to protect your hearts and minds.” If your readers would not understand this metaphor in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will keep your hearts and minds safe from attacks of worry and fear” or “will keep your hearts and minds safe” or “will protect your hearts and minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 4:7	tsz6			ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	See how you translated the phrase **in Christ Jesus** in [Philippians 1:1](../01/01.md).
 4:8	b8ig			τὸ λοιπόν	1	Here, as Paul comes near to the end of his letter, he gives some final instructions for how believers should live. Alternate translation: “Regarding what remains to be said” or “As to what remains for me to say”
 4:8	fxn5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 4:8	ntej		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὅσα ἐστὶν ἀληθῆ, ὅσα σεμνά, ὅσα δίκαια, ὅσα ἁγνά, ὅσα προσφιλῆ, ὅσα εὔφημα	1	Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that would be needed in many languages in order for these phrases to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as many things as are true, as many things as are honorable, as many things as are just, as many things as are pure, as many things as are lovely, as many things as are reputable” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 4:8	r275			ὅσα προσφιλῆ	1	Alternate translation: “whatever things are pleasing”
 4:8	pv1i			ὅσα εὔφημα	1	Alternate translation: “whatever things people admire” or “whatever things people respect”
 4:8	i5gl			εἴ τις ἀρετὴ	1	Alternate translation: “if anything is morally good”
 4:8	e9eb			εἴ τις ἔπαινος	1	Alternate translation: “if anything is worth praising”
 4:8	ec9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	λογίζεσθε	1	The phrase **think about** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 4:9	m145			ἃ καὶ ἐμάθετε καὶ παρελάβετε, καὶ ἠκούσατε καὶ εἴδετε, ἐν ἐμοί	1	Alternate translation: “And everything that I have taught and shown you”
 4:9	qu8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἃ καὶ ἐμάθετε καὶ παρελάβετε	1	Here, the words **learned** and **received** mean basically the same thing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them into one idea. Alternate translation: “And what you learned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 4:9	zei1			ταῦτα πράσσετε	1	Alternate translation: “put these things into practice”
 4:9	i8ki		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	πράσσετε	1	The word **do** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 4:9	mhvb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	5	Here, the word **and** shows that what follows it is the result of practicing what comes before it. Consider the best way to show this relationship in your language. Alternate translation: “and then” or “and the result will be that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 4:9	y8xg			ὁ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης	1	The phrase **the God of peace** could mean: (1) that God is the giver of peace. Alternate translation: “the God who gives peace” or “God, who gives peace,” (2) that God is characterized by peace. Alternate translation: “the God who is characterized by peace” or “our God who is characterized by peace” (3) God, the source of peace and the giver of peace. Alternate translation: “God, who is both the source of peace and the giver of peace,”
 4:9	poeh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	καὶ ὁ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης ἔσται μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	If your readers would better understand it, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** with an adjective such as “peaceful” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “the God who gives us a peaceful spirit will be with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 4:10	pwh9			ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nSee how you translated the phrase **in the Lord** in [Philippians 3:12](../03/12.md).
 4:10	xb0n			ὅτι ἤδη ποτὲ ἀνεθάλετε τὸ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ φρονεῖν	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nAlternate translation: “because now at last you revived your concern for me”
 4:10	ge1l			ἐφ’ ᾧ καὶ ἐφρονεῖτε	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nAlternate translation: “for whom you were certainly worried”
 4:10	nm86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἠκαιρεῖσθε δέ	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nHere Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but you did not have a way to demonstrate it” or “but it was not possible for you to show it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 4:11	ew5e			οὐχ ὅτι καθ’ ὑστέρησιν λέγω	1	Alternate translation: “I do not say this because of need”
 4:11	ts2k			αὐτάρκης εἶναι	1	Alternate translation: “to be satisfied” or “to be happy”
 4:11	uj5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐν οἷς εἰμι	1	Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “in whatever situation I am in” or “in whatever circumstances I am in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 4:12	lgp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἶδα καὶ	1	Here, the phrase **I know** means “I know from experience” and refers to what Paul knew from his experience. If it would help your readers, consider clarifying this in your translation in some way. Alternate translation: “I have learned both how” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 4:12	ydod			οἶδα καὶ ταπεινοῦσθαι, οἶδα καὶ περισσεύειν & καὶ περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι	1	The sentence at the beginning of this verse, **I know both {how} to be brought low and I know {how} to abound** is very similar in meaning to the phrase **and to abounding and to being in need** at the end of this verse. You can combine the beginning sentence and the closing phrase, as modeled by the UST, if you think it will help your readers.
 4:12	usbe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	οἶδα καὶ ταπεινοῦσθαι, οἶδα καὶ περισσεύειν	1	Here, the phrases **to be brought low** and **to abound** refer to two opposite extremes of living and to every living condition between them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I know both how to live with very little and how to live with more than I need” or “I know how to live with very little and I know how to live with plenty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 4:12	lpld		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ταπεινοῦσθαι	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the passive phrase **to be brought low** with an active form. Alternate translation: “to live with less” or “to live without things I need” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 4:12	aswc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ταπεινοῦσθαι	1	Here the phrase **to be brought low** is a figurative way of saying “to live with very little.” If it would help your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to live with very little” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 4:12	xrp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	χορτάζεσθαι καὶ πεινᾶν	1	Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be understandable. If it would help your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to be full of food and to be hungry” or “to be content when I have plenty of food to eat and to be content when I am hungry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 4:12	iqtr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	χορτάζεσθαι καὶ πεινᾶν	1	Here the phrases **to be filled** and **to be hungry** refer to two opposite extremes and to everything in between them. If it would help your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to be hungry and to be filled and to everything in between” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 4:12	ufv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι	1	Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be understandable. If it would help your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to have an abundance of things I need and to live contentedly when I do not have certain things I need” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 4:12	fwes		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι	1	Here, the phrases **to abound** and **to be in need** refer to two opposite extremes and to everything in between them. If it would help your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to abound and to be in need and to everything in between” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 4:13	z1pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με	1	Here, **the one** refers to Christ. Alternate translation: “I can do all things because Christ gives me strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 4:13	fpo4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με	1	Here, **all things** refers to all situations. The phrase **I can do all things** means “I can handle all situations.” Alternate translation: “I can deal with anything through him who strengthens me” or “I am able to act properly in every situation because Jesus makes me strong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 4:14	fe2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	συνκοινωνήσαντές μου τῇ θλίψει	1	The phrase **having shared together in my affliction** means that the Philippian believers helped Paul while he was experiencing difficulties by giving him money and sending Epaphroditus to him. If it would help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by helping me in my affliction through your gift of money and sending Epaphroditus to me” or “by helping me when I faced difficult circumstances by sending Epaphroditus to encourage me and bring me your gift of money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 4:14	ulzo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μου τῇ θλίψει	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **affliction** with an adjective such as **difficult** or in some other way. Alternate translation: “when I was suffering” or “when I was mistreated” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 4:14	tlur			μου τῇ θλίψει	1	Alternate translation: “in my trials” or “in my troubles” or “in my difficulties”
 4:15	w23w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	Here, **in the beginning of the gospel** refers to when Paul first began communicating the gospel message to the Philippians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly the idea behind this phrase. Alternate translation: “when you first heard me preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 4:15	npph			τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	See how you translated the phrase **the gospel** in [Philippians 1:5](../01/05.md) and [4:3](../04/03.md).
 4:15	dyf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδεμία μοι ἐκκλησία ἐκοινώνησεν εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ λήμψεως, εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς μόνοι	1	You can state **no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone** in the positive. Alternate translation: “you were the only church that shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 4:15	bpc2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μοι & ἐκοινώνησεν	1	Here, **shared with me** means the Philippians helped Paul financially and in other practical ways. Alternate translation: “were partners with” or “helped me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 4:15	rgxx			εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ λήμψεως	1	In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the phrase **giving and receiving** could refer either to exchanges that involved money or to exchanges that involved the giving and receiving of non-financial things that would benefit the other party. Here, the phrase **giving and receiving** may refer to both financial and non-financial gifts because the Philippians helped Paul by sending a gift of money via Epaphroditus, who also helped Paul in other ways. Alternate translation: “by sending money and help to me”
 4:16	getb			ὅτι καὶ ἐν Θεσσαλονίκῃ	1	Alternate translation: “for even when I was in Thessalonica”
 4:16	puar		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς	1	The phrase **both once and twice** is an idiom meaning that something occurred more than one time. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language, or you could state this in plain language. Alternate translation: “several times” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 4:16	lqor		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	εἰς τὴν χρείαν μοι ἐπέμψατε	1	Paul is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you sent me money to help me with my needs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 4:17	bh3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν	1	At the time Paul wrote this letter, the word **fruit** could be used in a business context to refer to what was gained in a financial transaction. When used in a business context, the word **fruit** meant “profit” or “gain.” Here Paul is using this business meaning to refer to God’s reward. If your language has an equivalent word that could be used in a business context, consider using it here if it would be natural in your language. Alternately, you may express this meaning using plain language, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “I seek the profit that increases to your account” or “I seek the gain that increases to your account” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 4:18	fs44			ἀπέχω & πάντα	1	The phrase **I have all things in full** could mean: (1) that Paul has received **all things** that he needs from the Philippian believers and is therefore sufficiently supplied. Alternate translation: “I have everything I need and am content” (2) that Paul is continuing the business metaphor from [Philippians 4:17](../04/17.md) and is here offering the Philippians a figurative receipt for the gifts they gave him. Alternate translation: “I have received the gift that you sent”
 4:18	en6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περισσεύω	1	The phrase **I abound** means that Paul has more than enough of the things that he needs for himself. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have more than enough of the things I need” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 4:18	p6y1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πεπλήρωμαι, δεξάμενος παρὰ Ἐπαφροδίτου τὰ παρ’ ὑμῶν	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nIf it would be more natural in your language, you could express the phrase **I have been filled** with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “You have fully provided for me by giving me the things which Epaphroditus brought to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 4:18	hte4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἐπαφροδίτου	1	**Epaphroditus** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Philippians 2:25](../02/25.md). (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
 4:18	s68v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, θυσίαν δεκτήν, εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ	1	Here Paul speaks of the gift from the Philippian believers as if it were a **sacrifice** offered **to God** on an altar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by stating the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “which are very pleasing to God” or “which make God happy” or “which I assure you are gifts very pleasing to God, like an acceptable sacrifice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 4:19	r96p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πληρώσει πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν	1	The word for **will fulfill** is the same word translated as “have been fulfilled” in verse 18. This phrase is an idiom meaning “will provide everything you need” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 4:19	xmk2			κατὰ τὸ πλοῦτος αὐτοῦ ἐν δόξῃ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “from his glorious riches that he gives through Christ Jesus”
 4:20	fba5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	When Paul says **our**, he is speaking of himself and the Philippian believers, so **our** is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 4:21	h2jr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἀσπάσασθε	1	**Greet** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 4:21	z65a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ ἀδελφοί	1	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). Paul is using the term **brothers** here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “My fellow believers here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 4:21	kaxz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ ἀδελφοί	1	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a spiritual sense to include both men and women who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “The brothers and sisters with me” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations)
 4:22	rg96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας	1	The phrase **the household of Caesar** refers to the servants who worked in Caesar’s palace. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 4:23	a3f8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν	1	Paul describes the Philippian Christians as whole persons by reference to their **spirit**. Alternate translation: “be with you” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche)
 4:23	nd4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν	1	The word **grace** is an abstract noun that can be translated with an adverb. Alternate translation: “May the Lord Jesus Christ act graciously to you” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)